2016 Commercial and Industrial Standard Offer … › en-us › Documents › 2016...2016 Commercial...

2016 Commercial and Industrial

Standard Offer Program

Program Manual

Version 16.0

December 2015

For program inquiries, contact:

Yolanda Slade

Standard Offer Program Manager

CenterPoint Energy

1111 Louisiana

9th Floor

Houston, TX 77002 [email protected]

Nexant Inc. Standard Offer Program Administrator

1331 Lamar Street, Suite 1575

Houston, TX 77010

Updates to this manual and program enrollment materials will be provided at

https://centerpoint.anbetrack.com/

mailto:[email protected]


Program Manual v 16 Table of Contents

2016 Commercial Standard Offer Program

CenterPoint Energy Table of Contents - 2 -

CenterPoint Energy

2016 C&I Standard Offer Program

Table of Contents

PROGRAM GUIDELINES & PARTICIPATION ...................................................................................... 6 SECTION 1.

1. GENERAL PROGRAM GUIDELINES ..................................................................................................... 7

1.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................ 7

1.2 BACKGROUND .......................................................................................................................................... 7

1.3 PROGRAM GOALS ..................................................................................................................................... 8

1.4 2016 INCENTIVE TABLE ........................................................................................................................... 8

1.5 KEY CHANGES FOR 2016 .......................................................................................................................... 9

1.6 ELIGIBILITY ........................................................................................................................................... 10

1.7 INCENTIVES ............................................................................................................................................ 17

2. PARTICIPATION PROCESS .................................................................................................................. 18

2.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 18

2.2 PHASES OF PARTICIPATION .................................................................................................................... 18

2.3 OTHER INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................ 27

MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION GUIDELINES FOR RETROFIT PROJECTS .................................. 30 SECTION 2.

3. INTRODUCTION TO MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION FOR RETROFIT PROJECTS ...... 31

3.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 31

3.2 MEASUREMENT APPROACHES ................................................................................................................ 31

3.3 STEPS IN THE M&V PROCESS ................................................................................................................. 33

4. MEASUREMENT GUIDELINES FOR LIGHTING EFFICIENCY AND CONTROLS ....................... 34

4.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 34

4.2 PRE-INSTALLATION M&V ACTIVITIES ................................................................................................... 34

4.3 POST-INSTALLATION M&V ACTIVITIES ................................................................................................. 35

4.4 OPERATING HOURS ................................................................................................................................ 36

4.5 CONTROLS ............................................................................................................................................. 41

4.6 CALCULATION OF DEMAND AND ENERGY SAVINGS ............................................................................... 42

5. MEASUREMENT GUIDELINES FOR REPLACEMENT OF COOLING EQUIPMENT ................... 44

5.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 44

5.2 DEEMED SAVINGS FOR COOLING EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................ 44

5.3 SIMPLIFIED MEASUREMENT FOR COOLING EQUIPMENT ......................................................................... 52

5.4 FULL MEASUREMENT FOR COOLING EQUIPMENT .................................................................................. 55

6. MEASUREMENT GUIDELINES FOR CONSTANT LOAD MOTOR MEASURES ............................ 61




6.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 61

6.2 PRE-INSTALLATION MEASUREMENT ACTIVITIES ................................................................................... 62

6.3 POST-INSTALLATION MEASUREMENT ACTIVITIES ................................................................................. 63

6.4 CALCULATION OF PEAK DEMAND AND ENERGY SAVINGS ..................................................................... 64

7. PRESCRIPTIVE PROGRAM: PREMIUM EFFICIENCY MOTORS ................................................... 66

7.1 QUALIFYING EQUIPMENT ....................................................................................................................... 66

7.2 SAVINGS CALCULATIONS ....................................................................................................................... 66

8. MEASUREMENT GUIDELINES FOR VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES ON CONSTANT BASELINE

MOTOR MEASURES........................................................................................................................................ 68

8.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 68 8.2 HVAC VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) ON AIR HANDLER UNIT (AHU) SUPPLY FANS DEEMED

METHOD........................................................................................................................................................... 69

9. MEASUREMENT GUIDELINES FOR APPLICATION OF WINDOW FILMS .................................. 70

9.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 70



9.4 CALCULATION OF ENERGY SAVINGS ...................................................................................................... 71

10. MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION FOR GENERIC VARIABLE LOADS ................................ 74

10.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 74



10.4 CALCULATION OF DEMAND AND ENERGY SAVINGS ............................................................................... 77

10.5 PROJECT-SPECIFIC M&V ISSUES............................................................................................................ 79

11. MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION USING BILLING ANALYSIS AND REGRESSION

MODELS ............................................................................................................................................................ 80

11.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 80

11.2 BASELINE AND POST-RETROFIT DATA COLLECTION .............................................................................. 80

11.3 CALCULATION OF ENERGY SAVINGS: MULTIVARIATE REGRESSION METHOD ....................................... 81

11.4 PROJECT SPECIFIC M&V ISSUES ............................................................................................................ 83

12. MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION USING CALIBRATED SIMULATION ANALYSIS ......... 84

12.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 84

12.2 BASELINE AND POST-RETROFIT DATA REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................... 85

12.3 CALCULATION OF ENERGY SAVINGS ...................................................................................................... 85

12.4 PROJECT-SPECIFIC M&V ISSUES............................................................................................................ 90

MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION GUIDELINES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS ............... 91 SECTION 3.

13. INTRODUCTION TO MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION

PROJECTS ........................................................................................................................................................ 92

13.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 92

13.2 MEASUREMENT APPROACHES ................................................................................................................ 92

13.3 DEVELOPING PROJECT-SPECIFIC M&V PLANS ...................................................................................... 94




14. MEASUREMENT GUIDELINES FOR LIGHTING EFFICIENCY AND CONTROLS ....................... 95

14.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 95



14.4 OPERATING HOURS ................................................................................................................................ 98

14.5 CALCULATION OF DEMAND AND ENERGY SAVINGS ............................................................................. 104

15. MEASUREMENT GUIDELINES FOR HIGH-EFFICIENCY COOLING EQUIPMENT.................. 106

15.1 OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................................................... 106

15.2 DEEMED SAVINGS FOR COOLING EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................... 106

15.3 SIMPLIFIED M&V FOR COOLING EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................... 113

15.4 FULL MEASUREMENT FOR COOLING EQUIPMENT ................................................................................ 115

16. MEASUREMENT GUIDELINES FOR CONSTANT LOAD MOTOR MEASURES .......................... 121

16.1 OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................................................... 121

16.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ......................................................................................................... 121

16.3 POST-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ....................................................................................................... 122

16.4 CALCULATION OF MOTOR OPERATING HOURS .................................................................................... 123

16.5 CALCULATION OF PEAK DEMAND AND ENERGY SAVINGS ................................................................... 123

17. PRESCRIPTIVE PROGRAM: PREMIUM EFFICIENCY MOTORS ................................................. 124

17.1 QUALIFYING EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................................................... 124

17.2 SAVINGS CALCULATIONS ..................................................................................................................... 124

18. MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION FOR GENERIC VARIABLE LOADS .............................. 126

18.1 OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................................................... 126

18.2 DOCUMENTING BASELINE CHARACTERISTICS...................................................................................... 126

18.3 DOCUMENTING POST-CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS ................................................................... 128

18.4 CALCULATION OF DEMAND AND ENERGY SAVINGS ............................................................................. 128

18.5 PROJECT-SPECIFIC M&V ISSUES.......................................................................................................... 130

19. MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION USING CALIBRATED SIMULATION ANALYSIS ....... 131

19.1 OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................................................... 131

19.2 SOFTWARE SELECTION ......................................................................................................................... 132

19.3 DEVELOPING A CALIBRATED SIMULATION STRATEGY ......................................................................... 132

19.4 DATA COLLECTION .............................................................................................................................. 132

19.5 BUILDING SIMULATION MODELS ......................................................................................................... 133

19.6 PROJECT-SPECIFIC M&V ISSUES.......................................................................................................... 136

APPENDIX ................................................................................................................................... 138 SECTION 4.

A. STANDARD COOLING EQUIPMENT TABLES ..................................................................................... 139

B. TABLE OF STANDARD MOTOR EFFICIENCIES TABLE ................................................................... 150

C. DEEMED DEMAND AND ENERGY SAVING FOR VFD ON AHU SUPPLY FANS ............................. 152

D. CENTRAL WATTAGE TABLE ................................................................................................................. 155

E. EM&V SAMPLING GUIDELINE .............................................................................................................. 227




F. PROGRAM AND M&V DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................... 229

G. M&V EXAMPLE ........................................................................................................................................ 233

Program Manual v 16 Program Guidelines and Participation


CenterPoint Energy Section 1 - 6 -

Program Guidelines & Participation Section 1.

This document describes the CenterPoint Energy 2016 C&I Standard Offer Program. It includes

information about the program eligibility requirements, incentive payments, and the participation process.

The information included in this Program Manual is also available on the program Web site at






1. General Program Guidelines

1.1 Introduction

The 2016 C&I Standard Offer Program was developed by CenterPoint Energy to provide incentives for

the installation of a wide range of measures that reduce peak demand and save energy in non-residential

facilities. Incentives are paid on the basis of deemed savings or verified demand and energy savings that

occur at CenterPoint Energy commercial and industrial customers’ facilities. This program has been

developed to comply with Texas’ energy efficiency goals.

Participants in the 2016 C&I Standard Offer Program must meet minimum eligibility criteria, comply

with all program rules and procedures, submit documentation describing their projects, and enter into a

Standard Agreement with CenterPoint Energy.

Chapter 1 provides a general introduction to the C&I Standard Offer Program, including an overview of

program features and guidelines, and background information. Chapter 2 provides more detail on the

program process, and project savings measurement and verification (M&V) requirements. All program

information, including application materials, will be available on the World Wide Web at the C&I

Program Web site, https://centerpoint.anbetrack.com/. The program will accept proposed project

applications starting January 4, 2016 until program incentives are fully reserved. The first day to

submit a project is January 4, 2016 at 8:00 am CDT. No Large Commercial projects will be eligible for

submittal without complete on line application and receipt of 5% deposit.

1.2 Background

In 1999, the Texas Legislature passed Senate Bill 7 (SB7), which restructures the state's electric utility

industry. The bill requires each investor-owned electric utility to reduce Texas customers' energy

consumption by a minimum of 10% of the utility's annual growth in demand each year. Utilities must

achieve this goal through standard offer programs or limited target market transformation programs that

will result in reduced energy consumption.

In March of 2000, the Public Utilities Commission of Texas (PUCT) passed Substantive Rule §25.181,

which implements the energy efficiency goal of SB7. Interested parties, the state's investor-owned

utilities, and PUCT staff then developed templates for energy efficiency programs that were adopted and

are offered and administered throughout Texas by the investor-owned utilities.

In September of 2007, House Bill 3693 set new Energy Efficiency Goals for electric utilities in Texas.

The bill requires each investor-owned electric utility to reduce Texas customers' energy consumption by a

minimum of 30% of the utility's annual growth in 2014. Utilities must achieve this goal through standard

offer programs or limited target market transformation programs that will result in reduced energy

consumption.





1.3 Program Goals

While the main goal of the program is to reduce peak demand at CenterPoint Energy distribution

customer sites and reach the demand reduction goals established by Senate Bill 1125 there are secondary

program goals that are reflected in the program rules and procedures, including:

Encourage private sector delivery of energy efficiency products and services.

Encourage customer energy and bill savings.

Stimulate investment in efficient technologies most likely to reduce CenterPoint Energy’s peak

capacity requirements during 2016.

Create a simple and streamlined program process, to stimulate strong program participation from

energy service providers.

Minimize the burden of M&V requirements associated with standard offer programs by offering

deemed or simple savings calculations for many measures.

Diversify portfolio to include non-traditional measures which hardly or never appear in the program.

1.4 2016 Incentive Table

CenterPoint Energy’s C&I Standard Offer Program provide standard incentive based on the type of

measure. The standard variable incentive rates are listed in Table 1 below.

Table 1. Standard Variable Incentive Rates

Measure Type $/kW $/kWh

Lighting – Fluorescent, HID, CFL,

Screw in LED1

105 0.03

Lighting – LED (non-screw in) 180 0.06

Cooling – DX units 265 0.10

Cooling – Chiller 285 0.11

Motor 180 0.07

VFD 180 0.07

Window film 175 0.06

Roofing 240 0.09

All other measures 175 0.06

1 Screw in LEDs are “plug-and-play” lamps that do not require replacement of the whole fixture to install. Examples

are Edison base fixtures, pin base fixtures, or fluorescent LED replacements that do not remove the ballast.




1.5 Key Changes for 2016

To reflect the changes in the Technical Resource Manual (TRM) and general program recommendations,

as advised by the Public Utility Commission of Texas (PUCT), there are several key changes in the

program rules and procedures for 2016 comparing with the previous year’s programs, which include:

Audit and application corrections will no longer be a part of the project review. Any input in audits

(workbooks) and applications is the sole responsibility of the Project Sponsor

Project Sponsors are required to give 48 hour notice to CenterPoint Energy before the start of

installation of any measure in the Program. This can be accomplished by entering a work schedule in

eTrack. Failure to provide required notification will result in project forfeiture

Added two additional LED qualification organizations for LED retrofits—Lighting Design Labs

(LDL) and DOE LED Lighting Facts

Chiller projects are required to show proof of chiller purchase within 30 days of project approval

Removed fluorescent to fluorescent lamp replacement projects with no ballast change out (known as

relamping) from consideration under the program.

Changes to remain in effect are as follows:

All deposit checks must be mailed by authorized postal service. Checks should be addressed to:

Loretta Battles, 1111 Louisiana, Houston, TX 77002

Multiple sponsor requested inspections (of any type) will result in charge to Project Sponsor; unless

there is a CNP/designee inspection error.

The additional inspection rate will be $250 The calculated amount will be deducted from the

anticipated deposit return.

Small projects will have a milestone method to avoid project cancellations

After submittal, an email will be sent for follow up documentation, there will be 5 days to

respond, after which, there will be 1 phone call to request information with a 5 day response

window. At the end of the 10th day, a final email will be sent noting the project cancellation date

if information is not received in 5 days.

Installation completion before the submittal of an application is disqualified for incentives.

Variable incentive rates for LED lighting, non-LED lighting, chiller, DX Units, Motor, VFD, and

building envelop. Fixed incentive rates for all other measures.

LED installs will receive incentive by type; screw in and non-screw in, see incentive table for

appropriate rates

Project Sponsors will submit a screenshot, showing the model number, of a LED fixture on the

DesignLights Consortium™ , Lighting Design Labs (LDL), DOE LED Lighting Facts, or Energy

Star© qualified product list as secondary documentation to the cut sheets.

Standard T8 becomes minimum efficiency requirement for post retrofit lighting fixtures.

Recycling of lamps for lighting projects is required. A certificate indicating the quantity and building

the lamps were removed from is required in order for incentives to be paid out.




For commercial HVAC measures, the baseline for the “Early Retirement” project will be set by the

age of the replaced system, while the baseline efficiency for the “Replacement on Burnout” and “New

Construction” is set by the Federal or manufacturer Standard.

Part load efficiency levels of the new cooling equipment, whenever applicable standard is available,

will be required.

All projects will require a copy of the final installation invoice. No project will be incentivized more

than 50% of installed cost.

LED projects shall require at least one of the following:

Energy Star © qualified

NEEP DesignLights Consortium™ qualified

Lighting Design Lab qualified

DOE LED Lighting Facts qualified

Cut sheets, square footage and all pertinent documents are due at the time of project submittal

1.6 Eligibility

1.6.1 Project Sponsor

Any entity that installs eligible energy efficiency measures at a facility with non-residential electricity

distribution service provided by CenterPoint Energy is eligible to participate in the 2016 C&I Standard

Offer Program as a Project Sponsor. Eligible Project Sponsors may include:

National or local energy service companies (ESCOs).

Local contractors.

National or local companies that provide energy-related services or products (such as lighting or

HVAC equipment).

Commercial property developers.

Design/build firms.

Architectural and engineering firms.

Individual customers who install measures in their own facilities.

To ensure that the program’s incentive budget is allocated to projects that are likely to meet with success,

all Project Sponsors will be required to demonstrate a commitment to fulfilling program objectives and

competency in completing projects. Project Sponsors will be required to submit the following

information as part of the program process:

A description of the Project Sponsor firm, including relevant experience, areas of expertise and

references. A work plan that covers the design, implementation, operation, and management of the

project.

A refundable application deposit.

Upon request, the following must be made available:




Proof of applicable insurance, licenses, and permits2.

Evidence of good credit.

CenterPoint Energy will also consider a Project Sponsor’s performance in past or current CenterPoint

Energy’s energy efficiency programs. A poor performance history may jeopardize a Project Sponsor’s

acceptance for participation in the 2016 C&I Standard Offer Program.

The following requirements must be noted for all sponsors:

CenterPoint Energy will conduct correspondence only with representatives from the Project

Sponsor’s organization listed in the Standard Offer Contract

A representative of the Project Sponsor must register as the primary contact in the online database

system ETrack.

No more than 5 representatives per company may have logins in the ETrack website

Absolutely no third party companies will act as an intermediary for correspondence between

CenterPoint Energy and the Project Sponsor

1.6.2 Host Customer

Customers located within CenterPoint Energy’s service territory may qualify to participate in the program

if they are:

any commercial and industrial customer taking service at a metered point of delivery at a distribution

voltage (<69 kVA) under an electric utility’s tariff during the prior calendar year or

a non-profit customer or

a government entity or

an educational institution

Large Commercial Customer: Owns or operates a single site with a total maximum peak demand of

more than 100 kW or multiple sites with a combined maximum peak demand greater than 250 kW

Small Commercial Customer: Owns or operates a single site with a total maximum peak demand of

less than 100 kW or multiple sites with a combined maximum peak demand no greater than 250 kW

Participant customers may host a project developed by a qualified Project Sponsor or choose to sponsor a

project independently. The host customer’s responsibilities include:

A 5% refundable deposit will be required with each Large Commercial application.

Entering into an agreement with the selected Project Sponsor.

Providing reasonable access to project facilities for inspection both before and after project

completion.

1.6.3 Project

A project is defined as a set of proposed or installed measures at an eligible site or combination of sites.

All projects must meet the following requirements:

For Large Commercial customers, each project of one site must provide a total estimated peak

demand reduction of at least 20 kW or annual energy savings of at least 120,000 kWh, and each

2 Not required of customers who install measures in their own facilities.




project of multiple sites must provide at total estimated peak demand reduction of at least 50 kW or

annual energy savings of at least 300,000 kWh. This limitation is included to ensure that projects

contribute to the primary program goal of reducing peak demand and to minimize the administrative

costs associated with smaller projects.

If the measures and sites proposed are all similar, one project may involve the installation of measures

at multiple customer sites. For example, installation of measures at a chain of department stores may

include more than one customer site, but may constitute a single project. These sites would share a

common M&V plan. All sites and measures must be installed before the first payment will be made.

There are advantages and disadvantages to bundling project sites in this manner. Contact the program

administrator for more information.

For projects with incentives paid on the basis of verified demand and energy savings, peak demand

savings must be measured within the peak demand period. M&V of energy savings may continue for

up to 12 months and carry into the following year.

Comprehensive projects that include a range of measure types are encouraged.

New construction projects must demonstrate compliance with local, state or federal codes, whichever

is more stringent. Projects using the Energy Cost Budget Method to demonstrate code compliance

will be considered for program participation on a case-by-case basis.

1.6.4 Small Commercial Projects

Projects for Small Commercial facilities are expected to have a reduced scope of work. As such, the

participation requirements in the program are simpler and outlined in this section. Small commercial

projects:

Must include facilities with a maximum peak demand of less than 100 kW (or 250 kW combined

for multiple sites in the same project).

Do not have a minimum savings requirement.

Are not required to submit a deposit to CenterPoint Energy when submitting an application.

Are limited to deemed savings calculations only.

Require Sponsors to answer CenterPoint Energy inquiries in a timely manner, typically 5 days.

Failure to respond within the time period may result in cancellation of the project.

Must complete project within the program year.

1.6.5 General Project Deliverable Requirements

The following presents the minimum deliverables needed from the Sponsors in order to fully complete a

project. This list is presented in order and should be used as a guideline for any next steps in a project.

CenterPoint, at its discretion, may make changes to this section anytime during the program year or

require more information from a Sponsor on a specific project.

Sponsors indicate in eTrack that they have read and understand the current program manual.

Upload any vendor forms (tax documents, etc.) to eTrack.

Sign the CenterPoint Energy participation contract agreeing to the terms of SOP. This is not done

by eTrack and will be sent by email.

Complete an application in eTrack.




Sponsors are required to ensure any project savings information is accurate. For example,

Sponsors should audit the lamp counts and wattages for any lighting project to ensure accuracy.

Failure to comply with this rule may result in reduction of the deposit returned or incentives.

Send the project deposit to CenterPoint Energy (Large Commercial projects only). The deposit is

5% of the requested incentives and is fully refundable if a majority of the savings is realized.

Upload the project documentation to eTrack. Projects require any cutsheets, calculation tools,

lamp qualifications, and M&V plans to be uploaded for CenterPoint review.

Receive project approval letter from CenterPoint Energy via email. Projects must not start

installation until this letter is received by the Sponsor.

Sign and return the PA authorization form included in the project approval letter.

Enter the work schedule in eTrack. Access to current equipment and new materials should be

onsite ready for CenterPoint Energy inspection.

During the inspection, a representative of the building should be available to sign an inspection

form indicating the inspection took place.

Complete installation of measures and notify CenterPoint Energy in eTrack when installation is

complete.

If needed, conduct any M&V.

Be available for a post-installation inspection.

Submit invoices and lamp recycling certificates.

It is imperative that Sponsors follow the above steps during the project process. Failure to adhere these

steps may result in adjustments to the project incentives or cancellation of the project and forfeiture of the

deposit.

1.6.6 Measure

Most energy-efficiency measures in retrofit or new construction applications that reduce electric energy

consumption and peak demand are eligible for the C&I Standard Offer Program. CenterPoint Energy does

not specify eligible measures in order to provide Project Sponsors flexibility in packaging services.

Therefore, Project Sponsors may propose the inclusion of any measure in their project that meets the

following requirements:

Measure may produce a measurable and verifiable electric demand reduction during the peak

period(s) or may reduce electricity consumption, or may produce both peak demand and energy

savings.

Measure must produce savings through an increase in energy efficiency or a substitution of another

energy source for electricity supplied through the transmission and distribution grid.

Measure must exceed minimum equipment standards as established in the Program Manual (located

in manual Appendices).

Measures may provide for self-generation through the use of renewable technologies, such as

Solar

Wind

Geothermal

Hydroelectric

Wave/tidal




Biomass

At least 75% occupancy ratio of the building is required.

Projects involving combined heat and power (CHP) will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis for

qualification by CenterPoint Energy

The following measures are excluded from consideration in the program:

Measures that involve plug loads, e.g. office equipment.

Measures that rely on changes in customer behavior and require no capital investment.

Measures that achieve savings through equipment maintenance, recommissioning or operational

changes, without an equipment efficiency upgrade.

Measures that result in negative environmental or health effects.

Measures that involve fuel-switching to electric.

Measures that receive an incentive through any other energy efficiency program offered by

CenterPoint Energy.

In general, project incentives will be paid only for energy and demand savings directly related to end-use

equipment installed as part of the project. Measures that generate savings from interactive effects between

end-use equipment will be considered on a case-by-case basis. The exception is that savings due to

interactive effects between lighting and a space-cooling measure are eligible based on a stipulated value

in cases where lighting measures have been installed in a cooled space as part of the project.

Table 2 Provides examples of eligible measures. CenterPoint Energy will consider any measures that are

not listed in Table 2 for program eligibility on a case-by-case basis.

Table 2. Examples of Eligible Measures and Projects

Eligible Measure Applicable M&V Methodology*

Chiller replacement Deemed, Simplified, Full

Packaged cooling unit replacement Deemed, Simplified, Full

Constant air to variable air-side conversions Simplified, Full

Fan and pump motor efficiency upgrades Deemed, Simplified, Full

Fan and pump variable speed drive (VSD) installations Simplified, Full

Heat pipes, enthalpy wheel and other forms of energy recovery Simplified, Full

High-efficiency fluorescent lighting that replaces less efficient

lighting Deemed, Simplified

Exterior lighting under a roof/ceiling (e.g. loading dock) Deemed

Exterior lighting, e.g. parking lot Deemed,

Lighting controls to reduce operating hours Deemed, Simplified

CFLs with hard-wired ballasts or permanent socket conversions Deemed, Simplified

Air cooling and refrigeration compressor replacement Simplified, Full

Refrigerated case doors Simplified, Full

Motor-efficiency upgrades Deemed, Simplified, Full




Cogeneration projects Simplified, Full

Renewable technologies (solar, wind, tidal, geothermal, etc) Simplified, Full

Fuel switching from electric to gas (net energy use must decrease,

e.g. gas-fired booster heaters in dishwashers) Simplified, Full

Cooling towers Simplified, Full

*M&V method must be approved by CenterPoint Energy

Examples of ineligible measures include:

Screw-in CFLs with no socket conversion

Delamping

Electric equipment with decoupled self-generation

Fuel switching to electric

Load reductions caused by building vacancies, decreased production, or other changes in occupant

characteristics or behavior

Measures that decrease building plug loads, such as computer inactivity time-out controls

Load shifting

Operations & Maintenance measures such as filter change-outs in air-handling units, cleaning of

cooling coils, etc

1.6.7 Efficiency Standards

The C&I Standard Offer Program is designed to encourage electric energy-efficiency improvements that

go above and beyond the efficiency gains typically achieved in retrofit or replacement projects.

Consequently, energy and demand savings credit will be based only on reductions that exceed current

industry accepted minimum efficiency standards, if such standards apply. In cases where standards do not

exist, savings credit will be based on improvements relative to a customer’s energy use prior to

participating in the program.

Cooling Equipment

If the project is to replace the burnout cooling equipment with new equipment, the baseline efficiency

level will be current City of Houston Commercial Energy Conservation Code or Federal Standard

whichever is more stringent.

If the project is to replace the early-retired cooling equipment with more efficient equipment, the baseline

efficiency will be the applicable ASHRAE 90.1 efficiency standard of the year when the replaced system

is manufactured.

Lighting Equipment

Post-retrofit systems using T-12 electronic ballasts or standard T8 electronic ballasts are not eligible for

incentives and all post-retrofit technologies must use reduced wattage T-8 systems or high performance

T-8 systems and meet the High Performance and Reduced Wattage lamp and ballast efficiency

specifications developed by the Consortium for Energy Efficiency (CEE) as published on the CEE

website. This will be a requirement for all T8 systems.




LED fixtures are required to be on the DesignLights Consortium™ , Lighting Design Labs (LDL), DOE

LED Lighting Facts, or Energy Star© qualified product list.

The lighting fixtures which will be ineligible for incentives are listed in Table 3 below.

Table 3. Ineligible Lighting Fixtures

Incandescent

Screw-in CFL w/o socket conversion

T8 (non-CEE) w/ Magnetic Ballast

T8 (non-CEE) w/ Electric Ballast

T12

HPS, Mercury Vapor - all wattages

PSMH (Pulse Start Metal Halide) fixtures less than 500

watts

Standard MH probe-start fixtures

Table 4 and Table 5 list applicable baseline standards for Retrofit and New Construction projects.

Regardless of whether the project is a retrofit or a new construction application, the newly installed

equipment must exceed the current City of Houston C&I Energy Conservation Code, in order to qualify

for incentives.

Table 4. Baseline equipment efficiency standards for Retrofit projects

Equipment Type Applicable Baseline Standard

Cooling Equipment - (Early

Retirement)

Applicable ASHRAE 90.1 Efficiency Standard of the year

when replaced system is manufactured

Lighting Table of Standard Fixture Wattages (based on EISA 2007,

EPAct 2005 and PUCT Rule)

Motors ASHRAE 90.1m-1995

Building Envelope IECC 2003

Table 5. Baseline equipment efficiency standard for New Construction projects

Equipment Type Efficiency Requirement

Cooling Equipment

(Replance on Burnout, New

Construction) Current City of Houston Commercial Energy

Conservation Code or Federal Standard whichever is

more stringent

Lighting

Motors

Building Envelope




1.7 Incentives

1.7.1 Available Budgets

CenterPoint Energy has an incentive budget for the C&I Standard Offer Program each calendar year. The

yearly incentive budget as well as updates on available funding will be published on the program Web

site at https://centerpoint.anbetrack.com/.

1.7.2 Incentive Limitations

Maximum Sponsor Incentives

To ensure that incentives are available to multiple energy efficiency service providers, no Project

Sponsor, or combination of affiliated Project Sponsors, may reserve or receive more than 20% of the total

C&I Standard Offer Program incentive budget in a given budget year. An individual Project Sponsor may

be party to multiple applications as long as the total incentive from all such applications does not exceed

the 20% limit.

1.7.3 Payments

For projects using only deemed savings, requiring no M&V activities beyond installation, the Project

Sponsor is eligible to receive 100% of the project incentive payment after the project is installed and

approved by CenterPoint Energy.

For all other projects, M&V activities must be completed, documented, and accepted before the Project

Sponsor will receive the remaining incentive payment, based on the one-year verified savings.

CenterPoint Energy will pay the Project Sponsors in two installments: the Installation Payment and the

Performance Payment. After each project is installed and approved by CenterPoint Energy, the Project

Sponsor will receive an initial payment of 40% of the total estimated project incentive payment. This

initial “Installation Payment” will be calculated as follows:

𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑃𝑎𝑦𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 ($) = 40% × [(𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 × $/𝑘𝑊) + (𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 × $/𝑘𝑊ℎ)]

This “Performance Payment” may be up to 60% of the total estimated incentive payment, and will be

calculated as follows:

𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑃𝑎𝑦𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 ($)

= 60% × [(𝑘𝑊𝒔𝒂𝒗𝒆𝒅,𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒇𝒊𝒆𝒅 × $/𝑘𝑊) + (𝑘𝑊ℎ𝒔𝒂𝒗𝒆𝒅,𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒇𝒊𝒆𝒅 × $/𝑘𝑊ℎ)] − 𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑃𝑎𝑦𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡

Maximum incentive payment

Under no circumstances will CenterPoint Energy make a total incentive payment (i.e., the sum of the

Installation Payment and the Performance Payment) that is more than 100% of the total estimated

incentive payment specified in the Project Authorization, regardless of measured savings achieved. If,

however, M&V activities indicate that the measured savings are less than the estimated savings, the total

incentive payment will be less than the payment estimated in the Project Authorization.

𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑃𝑎𝑦𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 ($) + 𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑃𝑎𝑦𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 ($) ≤ 100% 𝑜𝑓 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡 𝐴𝑢𝑡ℎ𝑜𝑟𝑖𝑧𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐿𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑡($)





Deposits

Application deposits are equal to 5% of approved Project Application (PA) incentive estimates and must

be submitted prior to application submittal. A project deposit is refunded in full for projects that meet

75% of their contracted incentive goal. Application deposits are discussed further in Chapter 2:

Participation Process.

1.7.4 Special Incentive Cases

Projects involving fuel switching measures require special consideration when calculating incentives.

Fuel Switching Measures

Projects involving fuel switching (i.e., electric chillers to gas or absorption chillers) are eligible for the

program, provided the project results in overall lower energy costs, lower energy consumption, and the

installation of high-efficiency equipment. Incentive payments will be based on the electric demand

savings and energy savings of the project, adjusted by the amount of new fuel consumption. Refer to the

M&V Guidelines, Section II, Chapter 5, to determine how to calculate fuel switching demand and energy

savings. For all fuel switching projects, it will be the responsibility of the Project Sponsor to establish the

baselines, which must be approved by CenterPoint Energy, and will be considered on a case by case basis.

As mentioned before, fuel switching to electric is not an eligible retrofit measure.

2. Participation Process

2.1 Overview

This chapter provides information on participating in the CenterPoint Energy 2016 C&I Standard Offer

Program including the program process, required submittals, milestones, and deposits. Participants may

submit applications on January 4, 2016 at 8:00 am CDT on a first-come, first-served basis. Please note

that the 5% deposit check has to be received prior to submittal of a Large Commercial project.

CenterPoint Energy will continue to accept applications for the program until all funds have been

committed. After this time, submitted applications will be placed on a waiting list. Projects on a waiting

list will not automatically be carried over into the next program year.

2.2 Phases of Participation

Participation in the C&I Standard Offer Program involves seven basic phases:

1. Register as a Project Sponsor with CenterPoint Energy and set up a user account for the on-line

application system, ETrack.

2. Submit a Deposit in order for CenterPoint Energy to screen the potential project for eligibility

and tentatively reserve incentive funding.

3. Prepare and submit a Project Application (PA), with necessary supporting documentation, i.e. cut

sheets, square footage.

4. Sign a Project Authorization for each approved project.

5. Install the project and notify CenterPoint Energy when installation is complete




6. For measurement and verification (M&V) projects, submit an Installation Report (IR) to receive

an initial incentive payment. Please note that installation completion before the submittal of the

application will not qualify for the incentive.

a. For deemed savings projects, the total incentive will be paid once CenterPoint Energy

approves the installation based on the requirements of the program.

7. Conduct M&V activities and submit a Savings Report (SR) in order to receive the final energy

and demand savings incentive payment.

A discussion of the requirements of each phase can be found below.

Figure 1 Shows a graphical representation of the process.




Project SponsorCenterPoint Energy

Register as Project Sponsor On-line

Identify Project & Negotiate with Host

Customer

Submit Deposit—5% of Requested

Incentive (Large Commercial Projects

Only)

Submit Project Application (PA): cut

sheets, square footage, calculator files,

LED qualifications, M&V plans

Sign and Return Project Authorization

(7 days)

Notify CenterPoint of Installation Start

(2 days before start)

Install Measures

Installation of Measures Complete

(Lighting: 3 months, Other: 6 months)

Conduct M&V Activities

Submit M&V Data to eTrack

PA Approval or Rejection

(Up to 45 days)

Pre-installation inspection

(at CenterPoint’s discretion)

Reserve Incentive Funding

Prepare Project Authorization

Post-installation inspection

IRSR Approval or Rejection

(Up to 45 days)

Installation Payment (~40%)

Review M&V Data

(Typically 15 days)

Performance Payment (~60%)

Installation Inspection

(at CenterPoint’s discretion)

Enter Work Schedule on eTrack

Notify CenterPoint about Completion

of Installation in eTrack

Deemed Savings Only

Incentive Payment (100%)

Installation Approval or Rejection

(Up to 45 days)

Post-installation inspection

Notify CenterPoint about Completion

of Installation in eTrack

M&

V S

avin

gs

On

ly

Figure 1. 2016 C&I Program Process Diagram (*all days are calendar days)




2.2.1 Project Sponsor Registration

Project Sponsors must register with CenterPoint Energy to gain access to the on-line application system,

ETrack. Project Sponsors may go on-line to register at any time. The User Guide for the on-line

application system, ETrack, can be found in Appendix G of this Program Manual.

For the on-line registration process, be prepared to provide the following information:

Project Sponsor Company,

Project Sponsor Company’s Federal Tax ID,

Project Sponsor Company’s Parent Company (if applicable),

Project Sponsor Company’s Parent Company Federal Tax ID (if applicable),

The Designated Primary Contact for the Project Sponsor Company,

The Designated Primary Contact’s Information (Address, Phone, Fax, e-mail), and

A Phone Number for the Project Sponsor Company (if different from Primary Contact).

Description of the Project Sponsor firm, including relevant experience, areas of expertise, and total

number of employees. Description may include references, customer affidavits, or other evidence of

Project Sponsor's competency from previous projects.

Descriptions and references for at least three comparable projects, including information about the

year the projects were undertaken, the services provided, and the estimated and actual performance of

the energy-efficiency equipment.

Evidence that the Project Sponsor possesses all applicable licenses3 (Hard Copy should also be

provided upon request).

Evidence that the Project Sponsor possesses all required insurance (Hard Copy should also be

provided upon request).

Evidence of Project Sponsor’s good credit (Hard Copy should also be provided upon request).

Disclosure of any legal judgments entered against the Project Sponsor in the previous two years, as

well as a current list of pending litigation filed by or against the Project Sponsor.

After completing the on-line portion of the registration process, the required “hard copy” information

must be submitted to the C&I Program Administrator within ten days of the on-line registration in order

to qualify to receive program incentives.

2.2.2 Project Application

To assess projects for eligibility and to tentatively reserve incentive funding for the project, Project

Sponsors must submit a Project Application (PA) using ETrack to participate in the 2016 C&I Standard

Offer Program. This application provides a more detailed description of the project including more

precise descriptions of the projects energy efficiency measures, customer sites, estimated demand and

3 Not required of customers who install measures in their own facilities.




energy savings, and estimated incentive payments based on a detailed engineering study and site audit.

This application requires the following information, submitted by the Project Sponsor:

Identification of the host CenterPoint Energy customer site(s). The 22 digit customer ESI ID should

be included to verify service territory. CenterPoint Energy’s ESI ID will be

100890xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx. (Must input full 22 digit number). It is mandatory that project

sponsors submit the ESI-ID for all host-customer sites as part of the PA phase.

Description of the proposed set of energy-efficiency measures and estimated completion date.

Estimated demand and/or energy savings for each proposed measure and associated incentives

requested.

Brief work plan for project design, M&V approach, implementation, operation, and management,

including the anticipated project timeline.

Deposit

The existing and proposed equipment inventories, including equipment counts, equipment

efficiencies, and equipment nameplate data. Program equipment survey forms have been provided as

standard templates to be used to complete the Project Application and can be downloaded from the

website.

Projects involving lighting measures require submission of product information sheets (cut sheets) for

the new lamps, ballasts, and fixtures. The submitted cut sheets must clearly illustrate the lamp type,

lamp wattage and the ballast factor for a specific lamp/ballast combination. In addition, recycling

records lamps is required. For cooling and refrigeration measures, documentation of the full load

efficiency at standard Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) conditions must be

submitted.

Building occupancy and equipment operating schedules. At least 75% occupancy ratio of the building

is required.

Engineering calculations estimating energy and demand savings based on the efficiency of the

proposed equipment compared to that of new, minimum-standard efficiency equipment.

A proposed project-specific M&V plan describing how the Project Sponsor will measure and verify

energy and demand savings, the methods for calculating actual savings, and a schedule for conducting

and reporting on M&V activities is required, submitted as a separate document. In some cases, pre-

installation M&V activities may be required to accurately estimate savings. In general, it is

recommended that the Project Sponsor use the M&V guidelines described in Section II or III,

however the Sponsor may choose to develop an alternative approach. The alternative approach must

be described in detail. In either case, the M&V plan must be approved by CenterPoint Energy before

the Project Application can be approved. If a Sponsor chooses the Deemed Savings method, an M&V

plan is not required.

Updated work plan for project design, implementation, operation, and management, including the

anticipated project timeline.




Additionally, the Agreement between the Project Sponsor and Customer, signed by both parties, must

be submitted as part of the Project Application. The Agreement template can be downloaded from

the website.

Starting from the date when the PA is submitted on ETrack, project sponsor has up to 14 calendar days to

modify the submitted application without affecting the deposit. Incentive estimates in the Installation

Report may exceed the original submittal only when there is remaining program budget and no projects

have been placed on a waitlist for program participation.

Upon receiving all the documents and information listed above, Project Applications will be reviewed on

a first-come, first-served basis until all incentive funding has been committed. CenterPoint Energy will

review the eligibility of the proposed measures, the accuracy of the savings estimates, and the

comprehensiveness of the M&V plan. CenterPoint Energy may request clarification of or additional

information about any item in the application. Project Sponsors will have ten working days to respond to

such requests. If the clarification or additional information is not forthcoming, CenterPoint Energy may

choose to discontinue its evaluation of the application. A typical review cycle, including the inspection,

for Project Applications is 25 days for measures eligible to use deemed savings for establishing project

savings, and 45 days for measures requiring full-scale M&V methods.

Upon PA approval, CenterPoint Energy will reserve the appropriate amount of incentive funds for the

project and prepare a Project Authorization.

If program incentives are fully reserved when the deposit was submitted, the project will be put on a

waitlist in the order of when the deposit was submitted on ETrack. The deposit will not be cashed until

the project becomes active and will be voided if the project does not get to the active list during the

program year. When additional program incentives become available, the projects on the waitlist will be

activated in order. The projects on the waitlist may not begin the installation, or else it will automatically

disqualify the projects from receiving program incentives.

Deposit

The Project Sponsor is required to submit a deposit equal to 5% of the reserved incentive for any Large

Commercial project. The deposit shall be in the form of a check or money order. The deposit is

refundable to the Contract Holder upon approval of the Savings Report, provided the project achieves a

minimum percentage of the contracted savings. All Large Commercial projects will be required to

submit the deposit along with the Project Application. In the event that the Program is sold out,

and the project has been placed on the waitlist, CenterPoint Energy will immediately cash the

check with the Project Sponsor’s permission and understanding that it will be 100% refunded

should the project not reach active status.

Pre-Installation Inspection

As part of the Project Application review process, CenterPoint Energy may conduct an inspection of the

project site at its discretion to verify the baseline conditions documented in the Project Application (PA).

CenterPoint Energy will use the required eTrack work schedule to contact the Project Sponsor and

complete the inspection after receipt of a complete PA. The installation inspection requires the presence

of at least one representative of the Project Sponsor who is familiar with the project and the facility so




that all parties can identify any discrepancies. Additionally, all new materials to complete the job must be

onsite for lighting only projects. The inspection will verify the following information:

Equipment survey accuracy. For most measures, the inspector verifies the accuracy of the baseline

equipment quantity and nameplate information. For lighting measures, a statistically significant

sample size will be selected for the inspection. Variables used in determining the sample include a

Sponsor confidence factor, number of sites in the project, and line item values submitted on the

survey. The requirement for acceptance is that the total error of the installed demand of the sample

must be within 5 % of the total demand submitted on the survey form.

M&V plan appropriateness for the measure, and performance of any necessary M&V activities.

All existing equipment listed in the Project Application is still in place and operational.

New equipment installation, or preparation for installation, has not begun.

If electrical measurements are necessary, the Project Sponsor is required to perform any disruptions in

equipment operation, the opening of any electrical connection boxes, or the connection of current and

power transducers. If the inspection cannot be completed in a timely manner because the representative(s)

is unfamiliar with the facility or project, the project site will fail the inspection. If a project site fails the

initial inspection, the Project Sponsor must pay the cost incurred by CenterPoint Energy for any

subsequent inspections.

If the proposed equipment has been installed before the pre-installation inspection, then the Project

Application will be rejected and will not qualify for the incentive.

Project Authorization

Once the Project Application has been approved, the customer shall receive a Project Authorization. The

Project Authorization defines the specifics of the project, including measures to be installed, project

installation schedule, and estimated incentive amount.

The Project Authorization and the approved Project Application become attachments to the Standard

Agreement. The Project Sponsor and CenterPoint Energy must sign the Project Authorization before

project construction may begin.

Installation Notice

Before installation of measures begins, Project Sponsors must notify CenterPoint the date the installation

will commence. Sponsors are required to notify CenterPoint a minimum of 48 hours before the start of

installation.

At its discretion, CenterPoint may conduct an onsite inspection during the 48 hour notification to verify

the new equipment being installed. The inspection process will follow the pre-installation inspection

guidelines outlined above. As such, the Project Sponsor or a building representative is required to be at

the facility for the inspection. CenterPoint will inform the Project Sponsor if such an inspection will take

place after receiving the installation notice.

Failure of notification may result in the cancellation of the project and the forfeiture of the project

deposit.




2.2.3 Installation Report

Upon project installation, Project Sponsors must submit an Installation Report (IR) using ETrack. The

project must be installed, and the IR must be submitted within three (3) months of PA approval for

lighting-only projects and six (6) months for all other projects, unless a different construction schedule

has been submitted by the Project Sponsor and approved by CenterPoint Energy. Project Sponsors should

plan to submit Installation Reports for all projects no later than December 1, 2016. The IR updates any

information proposed in the Project Application that has now been finalized after completion of the

project. The IR typically includes the following information:

A customer certification form indicating that the project was installed. This form can be downloaded

from the website.

Recycling receipt. If you install new lamps and ballasts, then the disposal records of the lamps are

required.

Updated equipment survey forms must be submitted to reflect the removed and/or actual installed

equipment inventories, including equipment counts, equipment efficiencies, and equipment nameplate

data if it differs from the information submitted with the Project Application. If there were no changes

the Project Sponsor may refer to the forms submitted with the Project Application.

Updates to building occupancy and equipment operating schedules to reflect changes if they differ

from the information provided with the Project Application. Please note that at least 75% occupancy

ratio of the building is required.

Updated engineering calculations estimating energy and demand savings based on the efficiency of

the actual installed equipment compared to that of new, minimum-standard efficiency equipment if it

differs from the information provided with the Project Application.

A final project-specific M&V plan describing how the Project Sponsor will measure and verify

energy and demand savings, the methods for calculating actual savings, and a schedule for conducting

and reporting on M&V activities.

Incentive estimates in the Installation Report may exceed the amount reserved during the Project

Application phase only when there is remaining program budget and no projects have been placed on a

waitlist for program participation.

Post-Installation Inspection

CenterPoint Energy will conduct a post-installation inspection of the project site within 30 days of the

receipt of a complete IR. The post-installation inspection requires the presence of at least one

representative of the Project Sponsor who is familiar with the project and the facility. The inspection shall

verify that:

The equipment specified in the IR has been installed and is operating as described. For most

measures, the inspector verifies the accuracy of the equipment quantity and nameplate information.

For lighting measures the inspection sample is determined using the same concept as the pre-

inspection methodology and the requirement for acceptance is that the total error of the installed

demand of the sample must be within 5 % of the total demand submitted on the survey form.




The Project Sponsor is conducting the M&V activities in accordance with the approved M&V Plan.

If electrical measurements are necessary, the Project Sponsor is required to perform any disruptions in

equipment operation, the opening of any electrical connection boxes, or the connection of current and

power transducers. If the inspection cannot be completed in a timely manner because the representative(s)

is unfamiliar with the facility or project, the project site will fail the inspection. If a project site fails the

initial inspection, the Project Sponsor must pay the cost incurred by CenterPoint Energy for any


A typical review cycle for Installation Reports, including the inspection, is 45 days. Upon IR approval,

the Project Sponsor will receive notice from CenterPoint Energy that the Installation Payment will be

processed. This payment is 40% of the incentive approved in the IR.

2.2.4 Measurement and Verification

M&V procedures will vary in detail and rigor depending on the measures installed. For each installed

measure, the chosen procedures will depend upon the predictability of equipment operation, the

availability of evaluation data from previous programs, and the benefits of the chosen M&V approach

relative to its cost.

Demand savings will be calculated as the maximum, one-hour average demand reduction that occurs

when the newly installed system is operating at peak conditions during the summer or winter period. The

summer period is defined as weekdays, between the hours of 1 P.M. and 7 P.M. from June 1 until

September 30, excluding holidays. The winter period is defined as weekdays, between the hours of 6

A.M. to 10 A.M. and 6 P.M. to 10 P.M. from December 1 to February 28, excluding holidays. Energy

savings are defined as energy savings over the course of one 12-month period. Energy and demand

savings must be either calculated using pre-approved deemed (stipulated) savings, simplified M&V

procedures, or a detailed measurement and verification plan.

Project-specific M&V procedures may be classified according to three distinct approaches that represent

increasing levels of detail and rigor.

Deemed savings: Savings values are stipulated based on engineering calculations using typical

equipment characteristics and operating schedules developed for particular applications, without on-

site testing or metering. This approach is designed for use with lighting efficiency and controls

projects, window film applications, cool roof installations, and most cooling equipment projects.

Simplified M&V: Savings values are based on engineering calculations using typical equipment

characteristics and operating schedules developed for particular applications, with some short-term

testing or simple long-term metering. For example, energy and demand savings from high-efficiency

constant load motor installations can be determined using the simplified approach by comparing rated

efficiencies of high-efficiency equipment to standard equipment, and using kW spot-metering and

simple long-term kWh metering.

Full M&V: Savings are estimated using a more detailed method than in the deemed savings or

simplified M&V approaches through the application of metering, billing analysis, or computer

simulation. These methods will need to be developed in accordance with the 2001 International

Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP), which represents the starting point for




standard industry practice. Project Sponsors will need to adapt the guidelines set forth in the IPMVP

to their specific projects when developing the M&V plan required for program participation.

The time required to complete M&V activities will range from less than a month up to 12 months,

depending on the approach chosen.

M&V plans are not required for projects that use deemed savings for estimating all peak demand and

energy savings. By choosing deemed savings, Project Sponsors agree to follow the procedures set-forth in

this Program Manual to determine project savings. For all other projects, a detailed savings estimate and a

viable M&V plan must be submitted in order for an incentive to be paid. Project Sponsors are responsible

for conducting all M&V activities for the project; however, CenterPoint Energy will work with the

Project Sponsor to facilitate M&V planning as necessary.

Please refer to Section 2 of the Program Manual for M&V guidelines for retrofit projects. Section 3 of the

Program Manual contains M&V guidelines for new construction projects. The program Web site also

offers information about the M&V procedures used to determine energy and peak demand savings for this

program.

2.2.5 Savings Report

After all M&V activities are complete, the Project Sponsor will submit a Savings Report (SR)

documenting the project’s measured demand and energy savings using ETrack. For projects using only

deemed savings, the Project Sponsor may submit the Savings Report at the same time as the Installation

Report. Upon approval of the Savings Report, the Project Sponsor will be notified by CenterPoint Energy

that the final payment will be processed. After the Savings Report is approved, the application deposit

shall be refunded. The amount of the refund is based on the percentage of the estimated incentive

payment, specified in the Project Authorization, actually received by the Project Sponsor. The following

table is used to determine the amount of the refund.

Table 6. Application Deposit Refund

Percent of Estimated Incentive

Payment Received

Percent of Deposit

Refunded

75%+ 100%

50%-74.9% 50%

0%-49.9% 0%

2.3 Other Information

2.3.1 Correspondence and Submittals

Project Sponsors will submit most project information to CenterPoint Energy using ETrack, the Web-

based project application system. Some required submittals, including the signed Host Customer

Agreement must be sent to CenterPoint Energy in hard copy only. CenterPoint Energy must receive

required hard copy project files within five (5) business days of receipt of the on-line submittal. Questions

or comments about the program may also be submitted by e-mail.

Table 7 Summarizes the addresses for application submittals and correspondence.




Table 7. Addresses for electronic and hard copy submittals and correspondence

Submittal type Mechanism Address or location

Program Related Questions or

Comments e-mail [email protected]

On-line System Related Questions

or Comments e-mail [email protected]

Project Application, Installation

Report, Savings Report ETrack https://centerpoint.anbetrack.com

Supplemental electronic submittals

(including calculation forms,

inventory forms, raw data, disposal

records, recycling receipts)

ETrack https://centerpoint.anbetrack.com

Hard Copies (excluding lengthy

support documents) or letter

correspondence—excluding deposit

checks

U.S. Mail or

ground

courier

Yolanda Slade

CenterPoint Energy

1111 Louisiana St, 9th Floor

Houston, TX 77002

Deposit Checks

U.S. Mail or

ground

courier

Loretta Battles

CenterPoint Energy

1111 Louisiana St, 9th Floor

Houston, TX 77002

2.3.2 Confidentiality

CenterPoint Energy’s C&I Standard Offer Program is subject to oversight by the Public Utility

Commission of Texas (PUCT), which may request a copy of any program materials that CenterPoint

Energy receives. Sensitive company and project information submitted by the Project Sponsor to

CenterPoint Energy, such as financial statements, will be treated confidentially to the fullest extent

possible, and will not be provided directly to outside parties other than the PUCT. CenterPoint Energy

will have no liability to any Project Sponsor or other party as a result of public disclosure of any

submittals.

CenterPoint Energy plans to list the participating Project Sponsors on its program Web site. The

information to be listed on the Web site will include the Project Sponsor's company name, address, and

telephone number. If your company participates in the 2016 C&I Standard Offer Program, this

information will appear on CenterPoint Energy's energy efficiency Web site at

http://www.centerpointenergy.com.

2.3.3 Participation Costs

CenterPoint Energy will not reimburse any Project Sponsor for any costs incurred by participating in the

C&I Standard Offer Program, including costs of reviewing the Standard Agreement or preparing the

Project Application. The application deposit shall be refunded upon approval of the Savings Report and

shall be prorated based on the performance of the project. CenterPoint Energy will retain the application

deposit in the event that a project is not completed.

http://www.centerpointenergy.com/




2.3.4 Submission of False Information

CenterPoint Energy reserves the right to discontinue its evaluation of all submittals from any Project

Sponsor who submits false, misleading, or incorrect information.

2.3.5 Internet Sites

The C&I Standard Offer Program Web site at https://centerpoint.anbetrack.com/ will serve as the primary

source for all updated program information and materials. The Web site will include:

Information that describes the program process and requirements.

Status updates on program funding available and committed.

Downloadable program manual and M&V guidelines.

A link to the 2016 on-line project application system, ETrack.


Program Manual v 16 Measurement and Verification Guidelines for Retrofit Projects


CenterPoint Energy Section 2. - 30 -

Measurement and Verification Guidelines Section 2.

for Retrofit Projects

This section includes detailed information about the measurement and verification (M&V) requirements

of the 2016 CenterPoint Energy C&I Standard Offer Program, as well as guidance for Project Sponsors

on how to prepare and execute an M&V plan. These requirements and guidelines are specific to retrofit

projects.




3. Introduction to Measurement and Verification for Retrofit Projects

3.1 Overview

In the 2016 C&I Standard Offer Program, the demand and energy savings resulting from a project are

determined through measurement and verification (M&V) activities. The M&V methods appropriate for a

given measure will depend on the equipment type, operational predictability, and complexity involved in

the retrofit. The M&V guidelines provided in the following sections vary in detail and rigor, but fall into

three general categories:

Deemed approach

Simplified Measurement approach

Full Measurement approach

The measurement methods presented in this section define how the project sponsors will calculate system

impacts from energy efficiency projects. Project sponsors will document pre and post measurement

activities, as defined in this manual, to illustrate savings impacts. The Measurement guidelines define

measurement procedures covering several of the anticipated energy-efficiency measures (EEMs) that will

be installed as part of the Energy Efficiency Programs. The simplified and full measurement approaches

must adhere to the standards of the 2007 International Performance Measurement and Inspection

Protocol (IPMVP). Table 8 lists the available measurement methods for the measures.

Table 8. Energy Efficiency Measure vs. Measurement Approach

3.2 Measurement Approaches

CenterPoint Energy has outlined three distinct M&V approaches, representing increasing levels of detail

and rigor - deemed approach, simplified measurement, and full measurement. One of these three

approaches must be taken for all C&I Standard Offer Program projects. The most appropriate method will

depend upon the availability of evaluation data from previous programs for particular measures, the

predictability of equipment operation, and the benefits of the method relative to the costs associated with

the particular M&V method chosen.

Chapter Energy Efficiency Measure Measurement Approaches

Provided

4 Lighting Efficiency and Controls Deemed and Simplified

5 Cooling equipment retrofits Deemed , Simplified and Full

5 Complex, Multiple & Interactive Measures Full

6 Motor retrofits Deemed, Simplified and Full

9 Window films Deemed

10 Generic Variable Loads Full

11 Various – billing analysis using regression models Full

12 Various – computer modeling and simulation Full




3.2.1 Deemed Approach

Deemed approach refer to a savings estimation approach that does not require short-term testing or long-

term metering. Instead, demand and energy savings are stipulated based on evaluation data from past

DSM programs or other publicly available industry data. The data are used to make assumptions about

typical operating characteristics, manufacturer’s nameplate efficiency data, and types of equipment likely

to be installed. The deemed savings M&V approach is appropriate for energy efficiency measures for

which savings are relatively certain, such as lighting efficiency.

3.2.2 Simplified Measurement

A simplified measurement approach may involve short-term testing, but relies primarily on

manufacturer’s efficiency data and pre-set savings calculation formulas. Simplified methods can reduce

the need for extensive field monitoring or performance testing. For example, pre-retrofit chiller demand

and energy may be extrapolated for one-to-one chiller replacements by measuring energy, flow, chill

water supply and return temperatures of the new chiller. Manufacturer curves for kW and tonnage of the

old chiller are then compared to the metered data (tonnage) to extrapolate the consumption of the old

chiller.

CenterPoint Energy, or its contractor, may collect the monitoring data onsite during the post-installation

inspection. In cases where this is necessary, the Sponsor is required to have any logging equipment

operational until the inspection takes place. It is the responsibility of the Sponsor to have the required

equipment and personnel to gather the data from any logging equipment.

3.2.3 Full M&V

The full measurement approach estimates demand and energy savings using a higher level of rigor than

the deemed or metered measurement approaches through the application of computer simulation. Any full

measurement methods other than computer simulation should be developed in accordance with the 2007

International Performance Measurement and Inspection Protocol (IPMVP) and be approved by

CenterPoint Energy. In general, projects involving full measurement must submit a project-specific

measurement plan. At a minimum, the plan should address the following (from the 2007 IPMVP):

1. Describe the project site and the project; include information on how the project saves energy and

which key variables affect the realization of savings.

2. Describe the Measurement method to be used.

3. Indicate who will conduct the Measurement activities and prepare the Measurement analyses and

documentation.

4. Define the details of how calculations will be made. For instance: “List analysis tools, such as

DOE-2 computer simulations, and/or show the equations to be used.” A complete “path” should

be defined indicating how collected survey and metering/monitoring data will be used to calculate

savings. All equations should be shown.

5. Specify what metering equipment will be used, who will provide the equipment, its accuracy and

calibration procedures. Include a metering schedule describing metering duration and when it will

occur, and how data from the metering will be validated and reported. Include data formats.

Electronic, formatted data read directly from a meter or data logger are recommended for any

short-or long-term metering.




6. Define what key assumptions will be made about significant variables or unknowns. For instance:

“actual weather data will be used, rather than typical-year data,” or “fan power will be metered

for one full year for two of the six supply air systems.” Describe any stipulations that will be

made and the source of data for the stipulations.

7. Define how any baseline adjustments will be made.

8. Describe any sampling method that will be used, what are included, sample sizes, documentation

on how sample sizes were selected, and information on how random sample points will be

selected.

9. Indicate how quality assurance will be maintained and replication confirmed.

3.3 Steps in the M&V Process

Table 9 highlights the basic steps required during the M&V process for most retrofit projects under this

program.

Table 9. Steps in the M&V process

Step M&V Activity Performed by:

1 Develop a site-specific M&V plan Sponsor

2 Ensure that the M&V plans adhere to the IPMVP guidelines CenterPoint Energy

2 Conduct a pre-installation equipment survey Sponsor

3 Conduct a pre-installation inspection CenterPoint Energy

4 Install retrofit equipment Sponsor

5 Conduct a post-installation equipment survey Sponsor

6 Conduct a post-installation inspection CenterPoint Energy

7 Execute the M&V plan (conduct M&V activities if

necessary) Sponsor

8 True-up savings, based on M&V results Sponsor




4. Measurement Guidelines for Lighting Efficiency and Controls

4.1 Overview

The lighting projects covered by this M&V procedure are lighting efficiency measures that may include

the replacement of existing lamps and ballasts with new energy efficient lamps and ballasts. For these

types of projects, demand savings are based on coincident-load factors and changes in lighting load as

determined using standard lighting fixture wattage values listed in the CenterPoint Energy Table of

Standard Fixture Wattages (see Appendix C). To determine energy savings, the Sponsor should establish

operating hours using one of two methods:

Deemed Hours – Operating hours have been established for certain building types (See Table 16).

Metered Hours – Energy savings are determined by metering pre- or post-installation operating

hours using defined sampling techniques.

For lighting efficiency measures installed in electrically cooled spaces, demand and energy savings are

also given for lighting-HVAC system interaction. These savings are equal to various percentages of the

lighting demand savings and energy savings depending on the building types and temperatures.

Evaporative or alternate fuel system credits for electricity savings must be based on Full M&V results.

In addition to determining operating hours, the Project Sponsor is required to conduct pre- and post-

installation equipment surveys. The Project Sponsor should fill out and submit survey results in the

Retrofit Lighting Survey Form using fixture codes provided in the Table of Standard Fixture Wattages.

CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will conduct pre- and post-installation inspections to verify the

reported baseline and retrofit conditions, respectively.

4.2 Pre-Installation M&V Activities

4.2.1 Pre-Installation Equipment Survey

Prior to installing the lighting retrofit, the Project Sponsor conducts a pre-installation equipment survey,

to be submitted as part of the Project Application. The purpose of the pre-installation equipment survey is

to inventory all existing lighting equipment, and to propose the replacement equipment to be installed.

This survey should provide the following information about all fixtures: room location, fixture, lamp, and

ballast types, lighting controls, area designations, counts of operating and non-operating fixtures, and type

of control device. Surveys should include all baseline lighting fixtures and controls, regardless of whether

they will be retrofitted. Fixture wattages are based on the fixture codes listed in the Table of Standard

Fixture Wattages. This information should be tabulated electronically in the Retrofit Lighting Survey

Form.

4.2.2 Non-operating fixtures

The number of non-operating baseline fixtures will be limited to 10% of the total fixture count per

facility. If, for example, more than 10% of the total number of fixtures is inoperative, the number of

inoperative fixtures beyond 10% will be assumed to have a baseline fixture wattage of zero. Thus, the

total baseline demand for the project will be adjusted accordingly.




4.2.3 Pre-Installation Inspection

CenterPoint Energy or its contractor may conduct a pre-installation inspection to verify that the Sponsor

has properly documented the baseline. The criterion for baseline acceptance is that the installed demand

of the inspected sample must be within 5% of the demand reported on the Retrofit Lighting Survey

Form. If the error exceeds 5%, the Sponsor is allowed to resubmit corrected lighting tables. If the project

fails the initial inspection due to incorrect survey forms, the Project Sponsor will bear the cost of


The operating hours of the baseline lighting system are assumed to be the same as those of the post-

retrofit lighting system and are not measured as part of the pre-installation M&V activities.

4.2.4 Installation Inspection

CenterPoint Energy or its designee may conduct an inspection after the Sponsor sends the installation

notice. The criterion for acceptance remains the same as the pre-installation inspection but will also

include surveying the equipment to be installed. If the project fails inspection due to incorrect survey

forms or not having materials or necessary equipment on site for the install, the Project Sponsor will bear

the cost of subsequent inspections.

Not having the equipment to be installed on-site will result in the failure of the inspection and will

require an additional inspection to take place.

4.3 Post-installation M&V Activities

4.3.1 Post-Installation Equipment Survey

The Sponsor is required to conduct a post-installation lighting equipment survey as part of the Installation

Report. The purpose of the post-installation equipment survey is to inventory the actual, as-built post-

retrofit equipment. Fixture wattages shall be based on the Table of Standard Fixture Wattages. In the IR,

the proposed equipment information listed in the approved Project Application shall be updated to reflect

the actual post-retrofit conditions and equipment found during the survey after installation. Any

equipment listed in the approved Project Application that was not in fact replaced should remain in the

lighting equipment inventory – in this case, simply copy the pre-retrofit information to the post-retrofit

columns.

4.3.2 Post-Installation Inspection

CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will conduct a post-installation inspection to verify that the retrofit

was installed as reported. In most cases, CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will inspect statistically

significant samples taken from the entire lighting population. The criterion for acceptance is that installed

demand of the inspected sample must be within 5% of the demand reported on the post-installation

Retrofit Lighting Survey Form. If the error exceeds 5%, CenterPoint Energy will inform the Sponsor

that the submitted lighting survey must be corrected and resubmitted, citing the major cause of the errors

found.




4.3.3 Lamp Recycling Certificates

The CenterPoint Energy requires recycling of lamps for lighting projects in order for the incentive to be

paid. A certificate indicating the quantity, type, and building the lamps were removed from must be

uploaded to eTrack as proof of the recycling effort. CenterPoint Energy may require Sponsors to account

for any large discrepancies between any counts in the recycling certificate and the lighting calculation

tool.

Failure to recycle retrofitted lamps can result in project cancellation.

4.4 Operating Hours

4.4.1 Deemed Hours

The Deemed Hours Method uses predetermined annual operating hours and co-incidence factors, the

interactive demand and energy savings factors as listed in Table 10. If this table does not accurately

characterize the building type, then the Project Sponsor should refer to the Stipulated Hours Method or

the Metered Hours Method section for the appropriate Measurement techniques to calculate operating

hours.

The Public Utility Commission of Texas (PUC) approved the revision of existing measurement &

verification guidelines for lighting measures for energy efficiency programs in the latest version of the

Texas Technical Reference Manual, and the updated building lighting operating hours and associated

coincidence factors are listed in the table below.

Table 10. Deemed Operating Hours, Co-incidence Factors for Select Building Types

Building Type

Annual

Operating

Hours

Coincidence

Factor

Education:K-12, w/o Summer Session 2,777 47%

Education: College, University, Vocational, Day

Care, and K-12 w/ summer session

3,577 69%

Food Sales - Non-24-Hour Supermarket/Retail 4,706 95%

Food Sales - 24 Hour Supermarket/Retail 6,900 95%

Food Service – Fast food 6, 188 81%

Food Service – Sit-down Restaurant 4,368 81%

Health Care (Out-patient) 3,386 77%

Health Care (In-patient) 5,730 78%

Lodging (Hotel/Motel/Dorm), Common Areas 6,630 82%

Lodging (Hotel/Motel/Dorm), Rooms 3,055 25%

Manufacturing 5,740 73%

Multi-family Housing, Common Areas 4,772 87%

Nursing and Resident Care 4,271 78%

Office 3,737 77%

Outdoor (street & parking) 3,996 0% (61%




winter peak)

Parking Structure 7,884 100%

Public Assembly 2,638 56%

Public Order and Safety 3,472 75%

Religious 1,824 53%

Retail (Excluding Malls and Strip Centers) 3,668 90%

Retail (Enclosed Mall) 4,813 93%

Retail (Strip shopping and non-enclosed mall) 3,965 90%

Service (Excluding Food) 3,406 90%

Warehouse (Non-refrigerated) 3,501 77%

Warehouse (Refrigerated) 3,798 84%



Table 11. Interactive Demand and Energy Factors

Building Type Interactive

Demand Factor

Normal Temps.

(> 41°F)

Interactive

Energy Factor

Normal

Temps. (>

41°F)

Interactive

Demand Factor

Medium Temps.

(33-41°F)

Interactive

Energy Factor

Medium Temps.

(33-41°F)

Interactive

Demand

Factor Low

Temps.

(-10-10°F)

Interactive

Energy

Factor Low

Temps.

(-10-10°F)

Education: K-12, w/o Summer Session 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Education: College, University, Vocational,

Day Care, and K-12 w/ Summer Session

10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Food Sales: Non 24-hour

Supermarket/Retail

10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Food Sales: 24-hour Supermarket/Retail 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Food Service: Fast Food 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Food Service: Sit-down Restaurant 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Health Care: Out-patient 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Health Care: In-patient 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Lodging (Hotel/Motel/Dorm): Common

Areas

10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Lodging (Hotel/Motel/Dorm): Rooms 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Manufacturing 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Multi-family Housing: Common Areas 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Nursing and Resident Care 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Office 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Outdoor 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%

Parking Structure 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%

Public Assembly 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Public Order and Safety 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Religious 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Retail: Excluding Malls & Strip Centers 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Retail: Enclosed Mall 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Retail: Strip Shopping &Non-enclosed Mall 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Service (Excluding Food) 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Warehouse: Non-refrigerated 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Warehouse: Refrigerated 25%1 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%




4.4.2 Metered Hours

The Metered Hours Method involves monitoring a statistically significant sample of fixtures to determine

operating hours. This involves developing a sampling plan to monitor the average operating hours for

each lighting usage group. The Project Sponsor should conduct all meter installation, retrieval and data

analysis. When performing the pre-installation activities associated with this Measurement approach,

Project Sponsors should organize the equipment into usage groups—collections of equipment with

similar operating schedules and functional uses. For instance, although a site's open office lighting may

have the same annual hours of operation as the private office lighting, the two have different functional

uses. In this case, a change in the operating hours of the private office lights due to the installation of an

occupancy sensor would not be relevant to the operating hours of the open office lights. Therefore, private

offices and open office areas should be assigned to separate usage groups.

Table 12 Illustrates the recommended minimum number of usage groups, specific to each project site.

Table 12. Suggested Minimum Numbers of Usage Groups for Project Site Types

Building Type

Minimum

Number of

Usage Groups

Examples of Usage Group types

Office Buildings 6 General offices, private offices, hallways, restrooms,

conference, lobbies, 24-hr

Education (K-12) 6 Classrooms, offices, hallways, restrooms, admin,

auditorium, gymnasium, 24-hr

Education

(College/University)

6 Classrooms, offices, hallways, restrooms, admin,

auditorium, library, dormitory, 24-hr

Hospitals/ Health

Care Facilities

8 Patient rooms, operating rooms, nurses station, exam

rooms, labs, offices, hallways

Retail Stores 5 Sales floor, storeroom, displays, private office, 24-hr

Manufacturing 6 Manufacturing, warehouse, shipping, offices, shops, 24-

hr

Other 10 N/A

The Project Sponsor will conduct short-term metering of the operating hours for a random sample of

fixtures in each usage group. For facilities with little variation in weekly operating schedules (such as

offices), monitoring shall be conducted for each selected circuit for a recommended minimum of two to

four weeks. Monitoring should not occur during significant holidays or vacations. If a holiday or vacation

falls within the monitoring period, the duration should be extended for as many days as that holiday or

vacation. For facilities where operating hours vary seasonally, monitoring should be conducted for a

minimum period during each season.




The required sample sizes for each usage group are listed in Table 13. Note: because light loggers

sometimes fail, over sampling is recommended. Light loggers should be calibrated prior to installation to

verify that the light loggers are functioning properly. In the event that there are multiple fixtures on a

single circuit breaker (e.g., warehouse), then the Project Sponsor will coordinate with CenterPoint Energy

to determine number of samples required.

Table 13. Monitoring Sample Size

Population of Lines in Usage Group Sample Size

n <4 3

5<=n<8 5

9<=n<12 6

13<=n<20 7

21<=n<70 8

71<=n<300 10

n>300 11

* Sample sizes assume a confidence interval of 80%, precision of 20%, and a coefficient of variation (cv) of 0.5 for

the populations indicated

4.4.3 Calculation of Average Operating Hours

For each usage group, the Project Sponsor should extrapolate results from the monitored sample to the

population to calculate the average annual lighting operating hours. Simple, unweighted averages of

operating hours should be calculated for each usage group as listed in the following equations. The

Project Sponsor should use these average operating hours to calculate the energy savings for each

respective usage group.

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙,𝑢 = ∑

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛 ,𝑖

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑,𝑖× 8760𝑛

𝑖=1

𝑛

Where:

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙,𝑢 = Average annual operating hours for usage group u

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛 ,𝑖 = Operating hours observed during the metering period for circuit i

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑,𝑖 = Total number of hours in the metering period for circuit i

𝑛 = Number of metered circuits in usage group u




4.4.4 Calculation of Average Co-incidence Factor

The equation listed below illustrates the calculation of average on-peak demand coincidence factor (CF)

for a usage group. Note that demand savings are only allowed for lighting fixtures that will be in

operation on weekdays between the hours of 1 PM and 7 PM during the months of June through

September.

𝐶𝐹𝑢 =

∑ [𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑜𝑛,𝑖

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑,𝑖]𝑛

𝑖=1

𝑛

Where:

𝐶𝐹𝑢 = = Peak-demand coincidence factor for usage group u

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑜𝑛,𝑖 = Operating hours observed during peak in the metering period for circuit i

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑,𝑖 = Total number of peak demand hours in the metering period for circuit I

𝑛 = Number or metered circuits in usage group u

4.5 Controls

The addition of controls such as occupancy sensors and day lighting are measures eligible for the

program. Energy Savings resulting from reduced operating hours can be claimed with the installation of

controls. There are two paths that the Project Sponsor may take to claim savings

4.5.1 Deemed Control Savings

This method requires the use of the deemed hours from Table 10 and a Power Adjustment Factor (PAF) and

Energy Adjustment Factor (EAF) from Table 14. If values from these tables do not accurately characterize the

building type and operation, then the Project Sponsor must refer to Metered Control Savings Method




Table 14. List of Power Adjustment Factors and Energy Adjustment Factors*

Control Type Sub-Category Control Codes EAF PAF

None n/a None 0.00 0.00

Occupancy n/a OS 0.24 0.24

Daylighting

(Indoor)

Continuous dimming DL-Cont

0.28 0.28 Multiple step dimming DL-Step

ON/OFF DL-ON/OFF

Outdoor n/a Outdoor 0.00 0.00

Personal Tuning n/a PT 0.31 0.31

Institutional Tuning n/a IT 0.36 0.36

Multiple/Combined Types Various combinations Multiple 0.38 0.38

*EAFs and PAFs are adapted from the latest version of the TRM.

4.5.2 Metered Control Savings

If the project is ineligible for deemed savings and/or the Project Sponsor prefers to monitor Operating

Hours to claim achievable savings, the Metered Hours Method must be followed to determine operating

hours (Refer to Pages 7-9 of the 2007 International Performance Measurement and Inspection Protocol).

If the project involves the addition of lighting controls to a building that does not fall under the deemed

category and the stipulated method is inadequate to determine pre-operating hours, then pre- and post-

installation metering may be required to determine pre- and post-operating hours.

4.6 Calculation of Demand and Energy Savings

Appended below are equations relating to peak demand and energy savings calculations. These

calculations are embedded in the Retrofit Lighting Survey Form.

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = ∑ (((𝑁𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) × 𝑘𝑊𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) × (1 − 𝑃𝐴𝐹) × 𝐶𝐹)𝑝𝑟𝑒

𝑛

𝑖=1

− (𝑁𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) × 𝑘𝑊𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) × (1 − 𝑃𝐴𝐹) × 𝐶𝐹 )𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡

) × (1 + 𝐴𝐶 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟1) )

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = ∑ (((𝑁𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) × 𝑘𝑊𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) × (1 − 𝐸𝐴𝐹𝑖) × 𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙,𝑖)𝑝𝑟𝑒

𝑛

𝑖=1

− (𝑁𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) × 𝑘𝑊𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) × (1 − 𝐸𝐴𝐹𝑖) × 𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙,𝑖 )𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡

) × (1 + 𝐴𝐶 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟2))

Where:

𝑁𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) = Number of fixtures in line item i (pre or post)

𝑘𝑊(𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒 𝑖)= Deemed fixture wattage from standard wattage table for fixture type listed in line item i

(pre or post).

𝐶𝐹𝑖 = Coincident demand factor based on input in line item i (Deemed, Stipulated or Metered)




𝑃𝐴𝐹𝑖 = Power adjustment factors based on controls type on input in line item I (Deemed, or Metered)

𝐸𝐴𝐹𝑖 = Energy adjustment factors based on controls type on input in line item I (Deemed, or Metered)

𝐴𝐶 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟1 = If space is conditioned, value is referred to Table 11. If unconditioned, value is 0.

𝐴𝐶 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟2= If space is conditioned, value is referred to Table 11. If unconditioned, value is 0.




5. Measurement Guidelines for Replacement of Cooling Equipment

5.1 Overview

Cooling equipment retrofits involve the replacement of the existing equipment with high-efficiency

equipment. This chapter presents both a deemed savings approach and a full approach to the measurement

and inspection of savings from the retrofit of cooling equipment. In general, the measurement methods

described in this chapter can be used for projects involving the one-for-one change-out of cooling

equipment. Potential qualifying equipment includes:

Unitary air conditioners (DX, air-cooled, evaporative, or water-cooled)

Heat pumps (air-cooled, evaporative, or water-cooled)

Chillers (air-cooled centrifugal, water-cooled centrifugal, air-cooled screw, etc.)

Compressors (centrifugal, screw, reciprocating)

Fuel switching from electric to gas engine-driven cooling equipment

The retrofits must have the following characteristics:

The newly installed electric cooling equipment capacity must be within 80% to 120% of the replaced

electric cooling equipment capacity.

The newly installed electric cooling equipment must not be redundant, backup or off –peak use only

equipment.

No additional measures are being installed that directly affect the operation of the cooling equipment

(i.e., control sequences, cooling towers, and condensers).

If the proposed retrofit does not meet these requirements, refer to the Full Measurement guidelines for

appropriate Measurement techniques.

The baseline efficiency used in the savings calculation for replace-on-burnout of Unitary ACs, Heat

Pumps, and Room ACs is either ASHRAE 2007/2010 or the Federal Manufacturer Standard. Baseline

efficiency for Chillers and Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps is either IECC 2009 or

ASHRAE 90.1-1999 (for water-cooled chillers). Efficiency values from this standard can be found in the

Standard Cooling Equipment Tables under the heading “Baseline Performance Standard”, Appendix A of

the Appendices to M&V Guidelines found at the end of this document.

Early retirement is an available option for projects involving chilled water systems and package or split

unitary air-conditioners and heat pumps that involve replacement of a working system. Baseline

efficiency will be estimated according to the capacity, type (e.g. for unitary systems, whether package or

split, heat pump or air conditioner), and the year of manufacture of the replaced system and can be found

in the Standard Cooling Equipment Tables in Appendix A.

5.2 Deemed Savings for Cooling Equipment

The deemed savings approach to Measurement for cooling equipment is applicable to both one-for-one

equipment replacement as well as equipment replacement involving a change in equipment type, e.g.,

changing from air-cooled DX units to a water-cooled chiller. An air-cooled to water-cooled equipment

measure requires an additional step to account for the auxiliary devices to support a water-cooled chiller.




The deemed savings methodology is incorporated in an Excel spreadsheet, available to Project Sponsor,

which calculates savings values based on user inputs. For replacements involving, changes in equipment

type, the calculations must be done manually. The efficiency of the installed equipment must exceed

the efficiency as listed under the current City of Houston Commercial Energy Code or Federal

Standard whichever is more stringent for the appropriate equipment type and capacity.

Projects that are eligible to use the deemed savings approach must meet the following requirements:

The existing and proposed cooling equipment are electric.

The Cooling Equipment is not used for process loads.

Coefficients are listed in Table A.1- 8 for the type of building in which the retrofit occurs and the type

of equipment involved.

The building falls into one of the categories described in Table 15




Table 15. Building Descriptions for Use in the Air-Conditioning Equipment Deemed Savings

Building Type Principal Building Activity Definition Detailed Business Type Examples

Education

College

Buildings used for academic or technical

classroom instruction, such as elementary,

middle, or high schools, and classroom

buildings on college or university campuses.

Buildings on education campuses for which the

main use is not classroom are included in the

category relating to their use. For example,

administration buildings are part of "Office,"

dormitories are "Lodging," and libraries are

"Public Assembly."

1) College or University

2) Career or Vocational Training

3) Adult Education

Primary School 1) Elementary or Middle School

2) Preschool or Daycare

Secondary School

1) High School

2) Religious Education

Food Sales Convenience

Buildings used for retail or wholesale of food. 1) Gas Station with a Convenience Store

2) Convenience Store

Supermarket 1) Grocery Store or Food Market

Food Service Full-Service Restaurant Buildings used for preparation and sale of food

and beverages for consumption.

1) Restaurant or Cafeteria

Quick-Service Restaurant 1) Fast Food

Healthcare

Hospital Buildings used as diagnostic and treatment

facilities for inpatient care.

1) Hospital

2) Inpatient Rehabilitation

Outpatient Healthcare

Buildings used as diagnostic and treatment

facilities for outpatient care. Medical offices

are included here if they use any type of

diagnostic medical equipment (if they do not,

they are categorized as an office building).

1) Medical Office

2) Clinic or Outpatient Health Care

3) Veterinarian

Large Multifamily Midrise Apartment

Buildings containing multifamily dwelling

units, having multiple stories, and equipped

with elevators.

No sub-categories collected.





Lodging

Large Hotel Buildings used to offer multiple

accommodations for short-term or long-term

residents, including skilled nursing and other

residential care buildings.

1) Motel or Inn

2) Hotel

3) Dormitory, Fraternity, or Sorority

4) Retirement Home, Nursing Home, Assisted

Living, or other Residential Care

5) Convent or Monastery

Nursing Home

Small Hotel/Motel

Mercantile

Stand-Alone Retail

Buildings used for the sale and display of

goods other than food.

1) Retail Store

2) Beer, Wine, or Liquor Store

3) Rental Center

4) Dealership or Showroom for Vehicles or

Boats

5) Studio or Gallery

Strip Mall Shopping malls comprised of multiple

connected establishments.

1) Strip Shopping Center

2) Enclosed Malls

Office

Large Office

Buildings used for general office space,

professional office, or administrative offices.

Medical offices are included here if they do not

use any type of diagnostic medical equipment

(if they do, they are categorized as an

outpatient health care building).

1) Administrative or Professional Office

2) Government Office

3) Mixed-Use Office

4) Bank or Other Financial Institution

5) Medical Office

6) Sales Office

7) Contractor’s Office (e.g. Construction,

Plumbing, HVAC)

8) Non-Profit or Social Services

9) Research and Development

10) City Hall or City Center

11) Religious Office

12) Call Center

Medium Office

Small Office





Public Assembly Public Assembly

Buildings in which people gather for social or

recreational activities, whether in private or

non-private meeting halls.

1) Social or Meeting (e.g. Community Center,

Lodge, Meeting Hall, Convention Center,

Senior Center)

2) Recreation (e.g. Gymnasium, Health Club,

Bowling Alley, Ice Rink, Field House, Indoor

Racquet Sports)

3) Entertainment or Culture (e.g. Museum,

Theater, Cinema, Sports Arena, Casino, Night

Club)

4) Library

5) Funeral Home

6) Student Activities Center

7) Armory

8) Exhibition Hall

9) Broadcasting Studio

10) Transportation Terminal

Religious Worship Religious Worship

Buildings in which people gather for religious

activities, (such as chapels, churches, mosques,

synagogues, and temples).






Service Service

Buildings in which some type of service is

provided, other than food service or retail sales

of goods.

1) Vehicle Service or Vehicle Repair Shop

2) Vehicle Storage/Maintenance

3) Repair Shop

4) Dry Cleaner or Laundromat

5) Post Office or Postal Center

6) Car Wash

7) Gas Station with no Convenience Store

8) Photo Processing Shop

9) Beauty Parlor or Barber Shop

10) Tanning Salon

11) Copy Center or Printing Shop

12) Kennel

Warehouse Warehouse

Buildings used to store goods, manufactured

products, merchandise, raw materials, or

personal belongings (such as self-storage).

1) Refrigerated Warehouse

2) Non-refrigerated warehouse

3) Distribution or Shipping Center




5.2.1 Pre –Installation Measurement Activities

Proof of Equipment Purchase

Sponsors must submit, within 30 days of the application approval, documentation showing the new

equipment is on order and should be delivered within the timeframe of the SOP.

Pre-Installation Equipment Survey

The goals of the pre-installation site survey are to identify the cooling equipment, establish the retrofit

type (whether it will be replace-on-burnout or early retirement) and establish the baseline efficiency. The

information collected should include: equipment type, year, make/model, rated capacity, rated efficiency,

and an assessment of its working condition.

The baseline efficiency is established according to the retrofit type: for replace-on-burnout projects,

baseline efficiencies are determined by recent Federal or manufacturing standards, and are published in

Tables A1 through A8.

The baseline efficiency listed in the Standard Cooling Equipment Table in Appendix A. The baseline

efficiency is equal to the more efficient of the two values. The goals of the pre-installation survey are to

identify the cooling equipment and establish the baseline efficiency. The information collected should

include: equipment type, year, make/model, rated capacity, rated efficiency. The Project Sponsor should

record information about the cooling equipment in the deemed savings spreadsheet.


CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will conduct a pre-installation inspection to verify that the Project

Sponsor has properly documented the baseline. Demolition or removal of existing equipment and/or

installation of new equipment cannot commence until the pre-installation inspection is completed and

CenterPoint Energy has executed the Project Authorization.

5.2.2 Post-Installation Measurement Activities

Post-Installation Equipment Survey

Once the retrofit is complete, the Project Sponsor conducts and submits a post-installation equipment

survey. The survey should include: installed equipment type, year, make/model, rated capacity, and rated

efficiency and pertinent information about the cooling equipment recorded in the deemed savings

spreadsheet. The Project Sponsor must submit manufacturer’s documentation of the rated efficiency of all

newly installed cooling equipment, based upon ARI test conditions. This documentation will be in the

form of manufacturer cut sheets or factory performance test results that document the part load

performance of the equipment.


CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will conduct a post-installation inspection to verify that the

equipment was installed as reported and is documented accurately.

5.2.3 Calculation Methodology

Appended below are equations relating to the first year peak demand and energy savings calculations.

These calculations are embedded in the pertinent CenterPoint Energy Cooling Equipment Form. For a




more detailed look into projects that require multi-year savings please refer to the Texas Technical

Reference Manual for the 2016 Program Year.

For Split Systems/Package AC and HP:

𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔 [𝒌𝑾𝒉𝒔𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔] = 𝒌𝑾𝒉𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔,𝑪 + 𝒌𝑾𝒉𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔,𝑯

𝑷𝒆𝒂𝒌 𝑫𝒆𝒎𝒂𝒏𝒅 [𝒌𝑾𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔,𝑪] = (𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒓𝒆

𝜼𝒃𝒂𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆,𝑪−

𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒕

𝜼𝒊𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅,𝑪) × 𝑪𝑭 ×

𝟏 𝒌𝑾

𝟏, 𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝑾

𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 (𝑪𝒐𝒐𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒈) [𝒌𝑾𝒉𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔,𝑪] = (𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒓𝒆



𝜼𝒊𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅,𝑪) × 𝑬𝑭𝑳𝑯𝑪 ×

𝟏 𝒌𝑾

𝟏, 𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝑾

𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 (𝑯𝒆𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒏𝒈) [𝒌𝑾𝒉𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔,𝑯] = (𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑯,𝒑𝒓𝒆

𝜼𝒃𝒂𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆,𝑯−

𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑯,𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒕

𝜼𝒊𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅,𝑯) × 𝑬𝑭𝑳𝑯𝑯 ×

𝟏 𝒌𝑾𝒉

𝟑, 𝟒𝟏𝟐 𝑩𝒕𝒖

For chillers:

𝑷𝒆𝒂𝒌 𝑫𝒆𝒎𝒂𝒏𝒅 [𝒌𝑾𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔] = (𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒓𝒆 × 𝜼𝒃𝒂𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆 − 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒕 × 𝜼𝒊𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅) × 𝑪𝑭

𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔 [𝒌𝑾𝒉𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔] = (𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒓𝒆 × 𝜼𝒃𝒂𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆 − 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒕 × 𝜼𝒊𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅) × 𝑬𝑭𝑳𝑯𝑪

Where:

CapC/H,pre = Rated equipment cooling/heating capacity of the existing equipment at AHRI

standard conditions

CapC/H,post = Rated equipment cooling/heating capacity of the newly installed equipment at

AHRI standard conditions

ηbaseline,C = Cooling efficiency of existing equipment (ER) or standard equipment

(ROB/NC)

ηinstalled,C = Rated cooling efficiency of the newly installed equipment (Must exceed baseline

efficiency standards)

ηbaseline,H = Heating efficiency of existing equipment (ER) or standard equipment

(ROB/NC)

ηinstalled,H = Rated heating efficiency of the newly installed equipment (Must exceed baseline





Note: For split system/packaged AC replacements use EER for kW savings calculations and SEER/IEER

and COP for kWh savings calculations. The COP expressed for units > 5.4 tons is a full-load COP. Heating

efficiencies expressed as HSPF will be approximated as a seasonal COP and should be converted using the

following equation:

𝐂𝐎𝐏 =𝐇𝐒𝐏𝐅

𝟑. 𝟒𝟏𝟐

CF = Summer peak coincidence factor for appropriate climate zone, building type, and

equipment type (Table 10 and Table 11 in Appendix A)

EFLHC/H = Cooling/heating equivalent full-load hours for appropriate climate zone, building

type, and equipment type [hours] (Table 10 and Table 11 in Appendix A)

5.3 Simplified Measurement for Cooling Equipment

The simple M&V procedure for electric-to-electric cooling equipment replacement involves collecting

one year of post-consumption kWh data. To determine demand savings, the maximum equipment

demand that occurs during the utility peak hours must be measured. This can be accomplished with

continuous demand metering or spot metering during peak conditions.

5.3.1 Pre –Installation Measurement Activities




Pre-Installation Equipment Survey

The goals of the pre-installation site survey are to identify the existing equipment, evaluate its schedule of

use, and establish the baseline efficiency or coefficient of performance (COP). The Project Sponsor will

conduct a survey of all the existing cooling equipment for buildings with a central plant, regardless of

whether they will be retrofitted. The information collected should include: equipment type, year,

make/model, rated capacity, rated efficiency, operating schedule, and operating sequence. Record the

equipment information in the Cooling Equipment Inventory Form.

The baseline efficiency is determined by comparing the rated efficiency of the existing unit to the

minimum efficiency listed in the Standard Cooling Equipment Table, which are based on ASHRAE 90.1-

1989, provided in Appendix A. The baseline efficiency is equal to the more efficient of the two values.


CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will conduct a pre-installation inspection to verify that the Project

Sponsor has properly documented the baseline. Demolition or removal of existing equipment and/or

installation of new equipment cannot commence until the pre-installation inspection is completed and

CenterPoint Energy has executed the Project Authorization.




Pre-Installation Monitoring

The simple M&V procedure for electric-to-electric cooling equipment replacements does not require pre-

installation monitoring of existing equipment. The existing equipment efficiency is determined from the

Standard Cooling Equipment Tables, Appendix A. The existing equipment load and operating schedule

are assumed to be the same as those of the post-retrofit equipment.

The simple M&V procedure for electric-to-gas cooling equipment replacement does require pre-

installation monitoring of the existing equipment. The maximum demand (measured for a one-hour

period) that coincides with the utility peak demand period must be determined, through spot

measurements or continuous metering. The annual energy usage of the existing equipment must also be

established through measurements, or predicted by a method approved by CenterPoint Energy.

5.3.2 Post-Installation Measurement Activities


Once the retrofit is complete, the Project Sponsor conducts and submits a post-installation equipment

survey. The survey should include: installed equipment type, year, make/model, rated capacity, and rated

efficiency and pertinent information about the cooling equipment recorded in the deemed savings

spreadsheet. The Project Sponsor must submit manufacturer’s documentation of the rated efficiency of all

newly installed cooling equipment, based upon ARI test conditions. This documentation will be in the

form of manufacturer cut sheets or factory performance test results that document the part load

performance of the equipment.




Post-Installation Monitoring

Two basic steps comprise the necessary post-retrofit M&V monitoring activities for electric-to-electric

cooling equipment replacements:

1. Measure the maximum demand (measured for a one hour period) that occurs between the hours

of 1 PM and 7 PM on weekdays during the months of June through September. This can be

accomplished with continuous demand metering (at 15-minute intervals) or a spot measurement

during peak conditions.

2. Collect twelve months of post-installation consumption (kWh) data.

For electric-to-gas fuel switching cooling equipment replacements, twelve months of post-installation gas

usage is required in the simple M&V procedure. If the new gas-engine chiller included installation of new

electric auxiliary equipment, such as a condenser water pump and cooling tower fan, the peak demand

and annual energy consumption for this additional equipment must be metered and subtracted from the

chiller savings.



calculations are embedded in the pertinent CenterPoint Energy Cooling Equipment Form.




Electric to Electric Equipment Replacements

Demand savings are allowed only for new equipment that will be in operation during the peak periods.

Peak demand and energy savings are calculated according to Equations below.

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑 × (𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡

𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒− 1)

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑 × (𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡

𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒− 1) × (

𝐶𝐷𝐷(65)𝑇𝑀𝑌

𝐶𝐷𝐷(65)𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑)

Where:

𝑘𝑊𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑 = maximum metered 15-minunte cooling equipment demand during the utility peak-demand

period, kW

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑 = summed metered cooling equipment energy use for one year, kWh

𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡=installed cooling equipment coefficient-of-performance at ARI design conditions

𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒= baseline cooling equipment coefficient-of-performance from Appendix A

𝐶𝐷𝐷(65)𝑇𝑀𝑌=cooling degree days (base 65 F) for a typical meteorological year for the National Climatic

Data Center station nearest the site. The value is available in Appendix A, Table A.9

𝐶𝐷𝐷(65)𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑= cooling degree days (base 65 F) determined for the metered period for the National

Climatic Data Center station nearest the site. The value is determined by CenterPoint

Energy based on the metering period start and stop dates.

Electric to Gas Equipment Replacements (Fuel switching)

Demand savings are allowed only for equipment that operates during the peak periods. Peak demand

savings are calculated according to Equations below.

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑 − 𝑘𝑊𝑛𝑒𝑤 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑝

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑 − 𝑘𝑊𝑛𝑒𝑤 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑝 − 𝐵𝑇𝑈𝑔𝑎𝑠 × (1

10,500)

Where:


period, kW

𝑘𝑊𝑛𝑒𝑤 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑝 = maximum demand of any new electric auxiliary equipment installed with the gas engine

chiller measured during the utility peak-demand period, kW


𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑 = Annual energy usage of any new electric auxiliary equipment installed with the gas engine

chiller measured or predicted, kWh




𝐵𝑇𝑈𝑔𝑎𝑠 = Measured annual post-retrofit gas consumption

5.4 Full Measurement for Cooling Equipment

The Full Measurement procedure for electric-to-electric cooling equipment replacement or savings

realized at the cooling equipment, due to control strategies, VAV modifications, building shell

improvements, etc, requires a building simulation. Any full measurement methods other than computer

simulation should be developed in accordance with the 2007 International Performance Measurement and

Inspection Protocol (IPMVP) and be approved by CenterPoint Energy. Computer Simulation Analysis for

measurement and verification of energy savings is used when the energy impacts of the energy efficiency

measures (EEMs) are too complex1 or too costly to analyze with traditional M&V methods. Situations

where computer-based building energy simulations may be appropriate include:

The EEM is an improvement or replacement of the building energy management or control system.

There is more than one EEM and the degree of interaction between them is unknown or too difficult

or costly to measure.

The EEM involves improvements to the building shell or other measures that primarily affect the

building load (e.g., thermal insulation, low-emissivity windows).

The M&V method described here is based, in part, on Option D of the 2007 International Performance

Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP). Valuable insights on computer simulation analysis can

be found in the IPMVP. The Project Sponsor should take the following steps in performing Computer

Simulation Analysis M&V:

1. Work with CenterPoint Energy and its contractor to define a strategy for creating a calibrated

building simulation model in the project-specific M&V plan.

2. Collect the required data from utility bill records, architectural drawings, site surveys, and direct

measurements of specific equipment installed in the building.

3. Adapt the data and enter them into the program’s input files.

4. Run the simulation program for the “base” building model. The base building is the existing

building without the installed EEMs. The base building should comply with minimum state and

federal energy standards.

5. Calibrate the base model by comparing its output with measured data. The weather data for the

base model should be the actual weather occurring during the metering period. Refine the base

building model until the program’s output is within acceptable tolerances of the measured data.

6. Run the calibrated base model using typical weather data to normalize the results.

7. Repeat the process for the post-installation model. Calibration of the retrofit model, if done,

should use data collected from site surveys (to validate that all of the equipment and systems are

installed and operating properly) and possibly spot short-term or utility metering.

8. Estimate the savings. Savings are determined by subtracting the post-installation results from the

baseline results using typical conditions and weather. The savings estimates and simulation

results will be reviewed and verified by CenterPoint Energy or its contractor.

These steps are described in more detail in the following sections.

1 Wolpert, J.S. and J. Stein, “Simulation, Monitoring, and the Design Assistance Professional,” 1992 International Energy and

Environment Conference.




5.4.1 Baseline and Post-Retrofit Data Requirements

Simulation Software

To conduct Calibrated Simulation Analysis M&V, it is recommended that the Project Sponsor use the

most current version available of the DOE-2.1E hourly building simulation program. For projects with

small projected incentive payments, the Project Sponsor may use other models if the model can be shown

to adequately model the project site and the EEMs can be calibrated to a high level of accuracy, and the

calibration can be documented.

Weather Data

Calibrating a computer simulation of a real building for a specific year requires that actual weather data

be used in the analysis. Actual weather data should be collected from a source such as National Climatic

Data Center (NCDC) weather station data. The physical location of the weather station should be the

closest available to the project site. These data should be translated into weather data files that are

compatible with DOE-2. The project-specific M&V plan should specify which weather data sources will

be used. Typical weather data used in the calculation of energy savings should be either Typical

Meteorological Year (TMY2) or TMY3 data types, obtained from the National Renewable Energy

Laboratory (NREL).

Develop a Calibrated Simulation Strategy

The following are issues that either the Project Sponsor or CenterPoint Energy will need to address in

order to define the simulation approach:

Define the existing building. In general, the existing building represents the building, as it exists

prior to installation of EEMs by the Project Sponsor.

Define the baseline building. The baseline building represents the existing building but with baseline

equipment efficiencies as specified by state or federal standards.

Define the post-installation building. The post-installation building represents the building with the

project-related EEMs installed.

Define the calibration data interval. The building models should be calibrated using hourly, daily,

or monthly data. Calibrations to hourly or daily data are preferred to monthly data, since the former is

more accurate than the latter, due to more comparison points. If monthly project site billing data is

used, then spot or short-term data collection for calibrated key values may be used.

Specify spot and short-term measurements to be taken of building systems. These measurements

augment the whole-building data and enable the modeler to accurately characterize building systems.

Spot and short-term measurements are valuable, but may add significant cost and time to the project.

Employ an experienced building modeling professional. Although new simulation software

packages make much of the process easier, a program’s capabilities and real data requirements are not

fully understood by inexperienced users. Employing inexperienced users for this purpose will result

in inefficient use of time in data processing, and in checking and understanding of simulation results.

Building Data Collection

The main categories of data to be collected for the building and proposed EEMs are described below.

Building plans. The Project Sponsor should obtain as-built building plans. If as-built plans are not

available, the Project Sponsor should work with the building owner to define alternative sources.




Utility bills. The Project Sponsor should collect a minimum of twelve consecutive months

(preferably 24 months), with applicable dates of utility bills for the months immediately before

installation of the EEMs. The billing data should include monthly kWh consumption and peak electric

demand (kW) for the month. Fifteen minute or hourly data are also desired for calibration. The

Project Sponsor should determine if building systems are sub-metered, and collect these data if

available. If hourly data are required to calibrate the simulation, but no data are available, metering

equipment may need to be installed to acquire hourly data.

Conduct on-site surveys. CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will assist the Project Sponsor to

identify the necessary data to be collected from the building. The Project Sponsor should visit the

building site to collect the data. CenterPoint Energy or its contractor may accompany the Project

Sponsor during the building survey. Data that may be collected include:

HVAC systems - primary equipment (e.g. chillers and boilers): capacity, number, model and

serial numbers, age, condition, operation schedules, etc.

HVAC systems - secondary equipment (e.g., air handling units, terminal boxes):

characteristics, fan sizes and types, motor sizes and efficiencies, design flow rates and static

pressures, duct system types, economizer operation and control

HVAC system controls, including location of zones, temperature set-points, control set-points

and schedules, and any special control features

Building envelope and thermal mass: dimensions and type of interior and exterior walls,

properties of windows, and building orientation and shading from nearby objects

Lighting systems: number and types of lamps, with nameplate data for lamps and ballasts,

lighting schedules, etc.

Plug loads: summarize major and typical plug loads for assigning values per zone

Building occupants: population counts, occupation schedules in different zones

Other major energy consuming loads: type (industrial process, air compressors, water heaters,

elevators), energy consumption, schedules of operation, etc.

Interview operators. The Project Sponsor may choose to interview the building operator. Building

operators can provide much of the above listed information, and also indicate if any deviation in the

intended operation of building equipment exists.

Make spot measurements. The Project Sponsor may find it necessary to record power draw on

certain circuits (lighting, plug load, HVAC equipment, etc.) to determine actual equipment operation

power.

Conduct short-term measurements. Data-logging monitoring equipment may be set up to record

system data as they vary over time. These data reveal how variable load data changes with building

operation conditions such as weather, occupancy, daily schedules, etc. These measurements may

include lighting systems, HVAC systems and motors. The period of measurement should be from one

to several weeks.

Obtain weather data. For calibration purposes, representative site weather data should be obtained

for a nearby NCDC site.




Base Building Simulation Models

Once all necessary information is collected, the Project Sponsor should input the simulation data into

DOE-2 code to create the base building model. The modeler should refine the model to obtain the best

representation of the base building. Where possible, the modeler should use measured data and real

building information to verify or replace the program’s default values.

Minimum Energy Standards

The baseline model should comply with minimum state and federal energy standards with respect to the

following:

Baseline equipment/systems models should not include devices (e.g., lamps and ballasts) that are not

allowed to be installed under current regulations.

Baseline equipment models should meet prescriptive efficiency standards requirements for affected

equipment.

Baseline calculations do not have to comply with performance compliance methods that require the

project site to meet an energy budget.

If the existing conditions of the EEMs do not comply with minimum state and federal standards, the

modeler should calibrate the simulation model with the building as it currently exists, and then modify the

existing building model to reflect the baseline efficiencies. This modified, or baseline building is then

used as the base case for computing energy savings.

5.4.2 Calibration

After the base building model has been created and debugged, the modeler should make a comparison of

the energy flows and demand projected by the model to that of the measured utility data. All utility billing

data should be used in the analysis, electric as well as heating fuels, such as natural gas. The modeler may

use either monthly utility bills, or measured hourly data to calibrate the model when available. The

calibration process should be documented to show the results from initial runs and what changes were

made to bring the model into calibration. Statistical indices are calculated during the calibration process to

determine the accuracy of the model. If the model is not sufficiently calibrated, the modeler should revise

the parameters of the model and recalculate the statistics.

Hourly Data Calibration

In hourly calibration, two statistical indices are required to declare a model “calibrated”: monthly mean

bias error (MBE) and the coefficient of variation of the root mean squared error (CV (RMSE))2.

Equations related with the calculation of MBE and CV (RMSE) is listed below. The acceptable tolerances

for these values when using hourly data calibration are shown in Table 16.

𝑀𝐵𝐸 (%) =∑ (𝑀 − 𝑆)ℎ𝑟𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ

∑ 𝑀ℎ𝑟𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ × 100

2 Kreider, J. and J. Haberl, “Predicting Hourly Building Energy Usage: The Great Energy Predictor Shootout: Overview and

Discussion of Results,” ASHRAE Transactions Technical Paper, Vol. 100, pt. 2, June, 1994

Kreider, J. and J. Haberl, “Predicting Hourly Building Energy Usage: The Results of the 1993 Great Energy Predictor Shootout

to Identify the Most Accurate Method for Making Hourly Energy Use Predictions,”: ASHRAE Journal, pp. 72-81, March, 1994

Haberl, J. and S. Thamilseran, “Predicting Hourly Building Energy Use: The Great Energy Predictor Shootout II, Measuring

Retrofit Savings – Overview and Discussion of Results, ASHRAE Transactions, June, 1996.




Where:

𝑀ℎ𝑟 = the measured kWh for any hour during the month

𝑆ℎ𝑟 = the simulated kWh for any hour during the month

𝐶𝑉𝐸 (𝑅𝑀𝑆𝐸𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ) =√∑ (𝑀 − 𝑆)2

ℎ𝑟 × 𝑁ℎ𝑟 𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ


Where:



𝑁ℎ𝑟 = the number of hours in the month

Table 16. Acceptable Tolerances for Hourly Data Calibration

Value

MBEmonth 10%

CV(RMSEmonth) 30%

Monthly Data Calibration

Comparing energy use projected by simulation to monthly utility bills is straightforward. First the model

is developed and run using weather data that corresponds to the monthly utility billing periods. Next

monthly-simulated energy consumption and monthly measured data are plotted against each other for

every month in the data set. Equations calculating the error in the monthly and annual energy

consumption are given below. The acceptable tolerances for these values when using monthly data

calibration are shown in Table 17.

𝐸𝑅𝑅𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ(%) =(𝑀 − 𝑆)𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ

𝑀𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ × 100

Where:

𝑀𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ = the measured kWh for the month

𝑆𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ = the simulated kWh for the month

𝐸𝑅𝑅𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟 = ∑ 𝐸𝑅𝑅𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ

𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟

Table 17. Acceptable Tolerances for Monthly Data Calibration




Value

ERRmonth 25%

ERRyear 15%

5.4.3 Post-Installation Models

After the measures are installed, a post-installation model can be prepared. The post-installation model

should usually be the baseline model with the substitution of new energy-efficient equipment and

systems. This new model should also be calibrated and documented. The possible calibration mechanisms

are:

Using site survey data to validate that all of the specified equipment and systems are installed, have

the nameplate data used in the model, and are operating properly.

Using spot and/or short-term metering data to calibrate particular model modules of equipment,

systems or end-uses.

Using utility (15 minute, hourly, or monthly) metering data to calibrate the model, as was done with

the pre-installation model.

The above mentioned post-installation model calibration mechanisms are not necessarily mutually

exclusive. If the first two mechanisms are used the model can be calibrated soon after measure

installation. If the last mechanism is used then the model can only be calibrated after sufficient (e.g., 12

months) billing data are available. In some instances the post-installation model should be the only model

calibrated. This can occur when the baseline project site cannot be easily modeled due to significant

changes during the 12 months prior to the new measures being installed and thus the recent billing data

are not representative.

5.4.4 Detailed Energy Savings Calculations

Energy savings are determined from the difference between the outputs of the baseline and post-

installation models. Savings are determined with both models using the same conditions (weather,

occupancy schedules, etc.). To calculate savings, the energy consumption projected by the post-

installation model is subtracted from energy consumption projected by the baseline model. Energy

savings are calculated by the following equation.

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 − 𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡

Where:

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = The kilowatt-hour savings realized during the year.

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 =The kilowatt-hour consumption of the baseline building operating under the same

conditions (weather, operation and occupancy schedules, etc.) as the post-installation

building.

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡 = The kilowatt-hour consumption of the post-installation building operating under the same

conditions (weather, operation and occupancy schedules, etc.) as the baseline building.




6. Measurement Guidelines for Constant Load Motor Measures

6.1 Overview

This measurement and verification (M&V) method is appropriate for projects involving existing motors

serving a constant load being replaced with higher efficiency motors of equal or lesser capacity

(horsepower). The rated efficiency of the new motor must exceed the minimum efficiency standard

defined in the Table of Standard Motor Efficiencies in Appendix B to be eligible for the program.

Potential retrofit equipment includes:

Constant load chilled water, hot water, or condenser water pumps

Constant speed exhaust, return, and supply fans without dampers or pressure controls

Single-speed cooling tower fans

Constant load industrial processes

Similar capacity, constant speed, energy efficiency motors

Smaller, constant speed, energy efficiency motors when the existing motor is oversized

These M&V procedures are not appropriate for motor change outs that are accompanied by:

Changes in operating schedule

Changes in operating hours

Changes in flow rate

Changes in motor controls (except VSDs)

If the proposed retrofit does not meet the constant load requirements, or involves scheduling or

operational changes, refer to the Full M&V Guidelines for Generic Variable Loads in Chapter 10 for

appropriate M&V techniques.

Rebates are available for the installation of premium efficiency motors. Deemed savings are

calculated by completing the Premium Efficiency Motor Form.

In the C&I Standard Offer Program, the calculation of demand and energy savings for motor

replacements is based on the baseline and post-installation kW, the difference in efficiency of the baseline

and new motors, and the motor operating hours. The operating hours are assumed the same for existing

and new motors. The baseline motor efficiency is based on the minimum efficiency rating defined by the

Table for Standard Motor Efficiencies in Appendix B. The Table of Standard Motor Efficiencies is

categorized by motor size and rotation speed. The baselines for motors whose efficiencies are not listed in

the table will be determined on a case-by-case basis by CenterPoint Energy. The project sponsor must

provide demonstrable proof that energy efficiency was a key criterion in the motor-selection process in

order to qualify for incentives. No incentive payments are made for replacement motors with efficiencies

equal to or less than the baseline efficiency. In addition to having a higher efficiency than baseline

motors, all new motors should meet minimum equipment standards as defined by state and federal law.

The recommended M&V approach for motors includes some or all of the following data collection

activities:




Compiling inventories for existing and new motors

Short-term metering of existing motors to verify constant loading (if warranted)

Spot metering of all existing and new motors

Short-term metering of a sample of the new motors to determine operating hours

6.2 Pre-Installation Measurement Activities

The M&V steps that characterize the existing motors are:

1. Pre-installation equipment survey (to be conducted by the Sponsor)

2. Spot measurement of demand (kW), and short-term metering of existing motors, where needed

(to be conducted by the Sponsor)

3. Pre-installation inspection (to be conducted by CenterPoint Energy or its contractor)


The Sponsor should conduct a pre-installation survey to inventory the equipment to be replaced and

record data about each motor in the Motor and VFD Inventory Form. Motor location and corresponding

facility mechanical plans should be included with the survey submittal as part of the Project Application.

At a minimum, the surveys should include the following for each existing motor:

Motor name

Load served

Motor location

Operating schedule

Equipment manufacturer

Nameplate data including model, horsepower, and speed

The baseline motor efficiency should be determined from the Table of Standard Motor Efficiencies based

on the existing motor data provided in the Project Application. The baselines for motors whose

efficiencies are not listed in the table will be determined on a case-by-case basis by CenterPoint Energy.

The project sponsor must provide demonstrable proof that energy efficiency was a key criterion in the

motor-selection process.

Any M&V activities that need to be conducted prior to the demolition of existing equipment (i.e., short-

term measurements) should take place at this time. Demolition of existing equipment and/or

installation of new equipment cannot begin until baseline M&V activities are completed, the pre-

installation inspection is completed, and CenterPoint Energy has approved the Project Application

and issued a Project Authorization.

6.2.2 Spot and Short-term Measurement of Existing Motors

To establish the baseline kW, the Sponsor must conduct spot measurements of the power draw of the

existing motors. If the constant load criterion cannot be verified by visual inspection, then short-term

metering of the power draw or current (amperes) of the existing motors may also be required.

The verification of constant motor loading by short-term metering is warranted in situations where the

effect of piping, valves, controls, or processes on motor load is uncertain. A motor load is considered to

be constant if 90% of all non-zero observations are within 10% of the running average kW. If short-




term metering demonstrates that the proposed retrofit does not meet the constant load definition, then the

Sponsor should refer to the Full M&V Guidelines for Generic Variable Loads in Chapter 10 for

appropriate M&V techniques.

To compensate for the variations in spot measurements that occur even in constant-load motors, the

Sponsor may need to develop normalization factors for groups of like motors serving similar loads. A

normalization factor is the ratio of a motor’s average current (from short-term metering) to its spot

measured current. CenterPoint Energy may require the use of a normalization factor for projects with a

group or groups of identical motors.

The minimum efficiency standard for the existing motor type is listed in the Table of Standard Motor

Efficiencies. If the efficiency of the existing motor is greater than or equal to the minimum efficiency

standard, then the baseline demand is equal to the spot measured value. If not, then the baseline demand is

calculated according to Equation below.

𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒 =

𝜂𝑝𝑟𝑒

𝜂𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒× 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑

Where:

𝜂𝑝𝑟𝑒=existing motor efficiency

𝜂𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 = standard minimum motor efficiency

𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑= spot measured existing motor demand, kW


CenterPoint Energy will conduct a pre-installation inspection to verify that the existing condition is as

reported in the pre-installation equipment survey in the Project Application. CenterPoint Energy will

require the Sponsor to make any necessary corrections to the Project Application based upon the results of

the inspection.

Demolition of existing equipment and/or installation of new equipment cannot begin until the pre-

installation inspection is completed and CenterPoint Energy has approved the Project Application

and issued a Project Authorization.

6.3 Post-Installation Measurement Activities

The M&V steps that characterize the new motors are:

1. Post-installation equipment survey (to be conducted by the Sponsor)

2. Spot measurements of the power draw (one-hour average values) of all the new motors (to be

conducted by the Sponsor)

3. Post-installation inspection (to be conducted by CenterPoint Energy or its contractor)

4. Short-term metering of operating hours for a sample of existing motors (to be conducted by the

Sponsor)





The Sponsor shall conduct a post-installation equipment survey and record data about each motor in the

Motor and VFD Inventory Form. The survey shall reflect the actual, as-built conditions of the project.

The post-installation survey will be included in the Installation Report.

6.3.2 Spot Measurements of Motor Demand

The Sponsor must conduct spot measurements of the power draw (one-hour average values) of each new,

high-efficiency motor in order to establish the post-installation demand. The Sponsor will report the

measured kW as part of the Installation Report.


Once CenterPoint Energy receives the Installation Report for the motor project, CenterPoint Energy or its

contractor will conduct a post-installation inspection to verify that the equipment specifications are

correctly reported in the Installation Report. CenterPoint Energy will require the Sponsor to make any

necessary corrections to the Installation Report based upon the results of the inspection.

6.3.4 Short-Term Metering of Motor Operating Hours

Baseline motor operating hours are assumed to be the same as post-installation operating hours, and

should be determined after new motor installation. Short-term metering is used to determine both pre- and

post-installation operating hours.

After CenterPoint Energy approves the Installation Report, the Sponsor should begin short-term metering

of motor operating hours. The metering must be conducted for a minimum period of one week, or a

sufficient amount of time to capture the full range of operation. The motor annual operating hours are

calculated from the metering data according to Equation below.

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 =𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑× 8760

Where:

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 = Average annual operating hours

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛 = Operating hours observed during the metering period

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑 = Total number of hours in the metering period

For projects in which a large number of equal-sized motors with the same application and operating

schedule will be replaced, metering may be conducted on a sample of the motors and the results

extrapolated to the applicable population. If this approach is adopted, CenterPoint Energy will assist the

Sponsor in selecting the motors to be metered.

The Sponsor should include electronic copies of the unprocessed data files as part of the Savings Report.

6.4 Calculation of Peak Demand and Energy Savings

Demand savings are calculated for equipment that operates during the summer or winter peak period,

which is defined as weekdays between the hours of 1 p.m. and 7 p.m. from June 1 through September 30

during summer and weekdays between the hours of 6 a.m. to 10 a.m. and 6 p.m. to 10 p.m. from




December 1 through February 28 during winter. The peak demand savings and energy savings are

calculated according to Equations below.

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒 − 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 × 𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙

Where:

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = The kilowatt savings realized during the year

𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑= Spot Measured New Motor Demand, kW

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = The kilowatt-hour savings realized during the year

The Sponsor reports the peak demand and energy savings to CenterPoint Energy in the project Savings

Report.




7. Prescriptive Program: Premium Efficiency Motors

7.1 Qualifying Equipment

The installed premium efficiency motor must meet the NEMA efficiency standards listed in the table

below.

NEMA Full Load Efficiencies (%)

HP 1,200 RPM 1,800 RPM 3,600 RPM

ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC

1 82.50% 82.50% 85.50% 85.50% 77.00% 77.00%

1.5 86.50% 87.50% 86.50% 86.50% 84.00% 84.00%

2 87.50% 88.50% 86.50% 86.50% 85.50% 85.50%

3 88.50% 89.50% 89.50% 89.50% 85.50% 86.50%

5 89.50% 89.50% 89.50% 89.50% 86.50% 88.50%

7.5 90.20% 91.00% 91.00% 91.70% 88.50% 89.50%

10 91.70% 91.00% 91.70% 91.70% 89.50% 90.20%

15 91.70% 91.70% 93.00% 92.40% 90.20% 91.00%

20 92.40% 91.70% 93.00% 93.00% 91.00% 91.00%

25 93.00% 93.00% 93.60% 93.60% 91.70% 91.70%

30 93.60% 93.00% 94.10% 93.60% 91.70% 91.70%

40 94.10% 94.10% 94.10% 94.10% 92.40% 92.40%

50 94.10% 94.10% 94.50% 94.50% 93.00% 93.00%

60 94.50% 94.50% 95.00% 95.00% 93.60% 93.60%

75 94.50% 94.50% 95.00% 95.40% 93.60% 93.60%

100 95.00% 95.00% 95.40% 95.40% 93.60% 94.10%

125 95.00% 95.00% 95.40% 95.40% 94.10% 95.00%

150 95.40% 95.80% 95.80% 95.80% 94.10% 95.00%

200 95.40% 95.80% 95.80% 96.20% 95.00% 95.40%

7.2 Savings Calculations

The savings are calculated based on Equations below. The motor incentive form applies these equations

automatically to calculate savings for installation of premium efficiency motors.

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 0.746 × ℎ𝑝 × %𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑 × 𝐶𝐹 × (1

𝜂𝐸𝑃𝐴𝐶𝑇−

1

𝜂𝑁𝐸𝑀𝐴)




ℎ𝑝 =The horsepower of the motor

%𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑 =Stipulated %load of the motor

𝐶𝐹 =Stipulated coincident factor




𝜂𝐸𝑃𝐴𝐶𝑇=Baseline efficiency standard. Based on 1992 EPACT standards

𝜂𝑁𝐸𝑀𝐴=New motor efficiency standard. Based on NEMA premium efficiency standards

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙= Stipulated Operating hours. Different values for C&I applications




8. Measurement Guidelines for Variable Speed Drives on Constant Baseline

Motor Measures

8.1 Overview

Installing variable-speed drive (VSD) controllers on motors that serve a constant baseline load requires a

modified motor M&V procedure. Potential retrofit projects that might include VSDs include:

Converting constant air volume (CAV) systems to variable air volume (VAV)

Retrofitting central chiller plants

Replacing standard efficiency electric motors with high efficiency models

Motors that are scheduled for the installation of VSDs follow the same Pre-Installation Measurement

Activities described in chapter 6. If the efficiency of the existing motor is greater than or equal to the

minimum listed in the Table of Standard Motor Efficiencies, then the baseline demand is equal to the spot

measured value; if not, then it is calculated.

After the VSD and/or associated project retrofit has been installed, the Sponsor will again Post-

Installation Measurement Activities. The Post-installation equipment survey and the Post-

installation inspection procedures are the same as described earlier in this chapter.

After CenterPoint Energy has conducted a post-installation inspection and approved the project

Installation Report, the Sponsor should begin short-term metering1 of the power draw (kW) of the

motor/VSD combination (this accounts for the VSD demand/energy usage). The data must be recorded at

intervals of 15 minutes or less. However, averaged one-hour values are used in the calculation of demand

and energy savings. For calculating peak demand, the metering must occur during one of the peak

periods.

The duration of the metering period must be sufficient to capture the full range of motor operation. If the

motor load varies only on a daily basis and not seasonally, then a metering period of one week is

generally sufficient. If the motor load or operating hours vary with weather or other seasonal parameters

(e.g., production schedules, school calendars), then at least two weeks of metering during each operating

period is generally necessary. For example, if the motor serves cooling equipment, then the metering

should occur for at least two weeks during the winter months and two weeks during the summer months.

The metering data are used to determine three values:

Peak period demand (kW): Equal to the maximum-recorded peak period demand (one hour average

values, where the summer peak period is defined as weekdays, between the hours of 1 PM and 7 PM,

from June 1 through September 30 and the winter peak period is defined as weekdays, from 6 AM to

10 AM and 6 PM to 10PM, from December 1 through February 28).

Average demand (kW): Equal to the average recorded demand. For motors with seasonal load

patterns, the average demand should be weighted according to the relative length of each seasonal

period (see VSD example).

1 Long-term monitoring may be required for motors with non-uniform or unpredictable load patterns.




Annual operating hours: Calculated from the metering data. For motors with seasonal load patterns,

the annual operating hours should be weighted according to the relative length of each seasonal

period.

For projects in which a large number of equal-sized motors with the same application and operating

schedule will be replaced, M&V may be conducted on a sample of the motors and the results extrapolated

to the applicable population. If this approach is adopted, the utility Program Manager will select the

motors to be metered.

The peak demand savings and energy savings are calculated according to Equations below.

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒 − 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑜𝑑

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = (𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒 − 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑎𝑣𝑒) × 𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙

Where:


𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑜𝑑= Spot measured new motor demand in peak period, kW


𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑎𝑣𝑒= Measured averaged post-installation motor kW

8.2 HVAC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) on Air Handler Unit (AHU) Supply

Fans deemed method

This deemed method is applicable for the installation of VFDs on existing AHU supply fans. This

measure accounts for the interactive air-conditioning demand saving during the utility defined peak

period.

The baseline is a centrifugal supply fan with a single-speed motor, a direct expansion (DX) air

conditioning (AC) unit, and VAV boxes. The motor is a standard efficiency motor based on ASHRAE

Standard 90.1-2004 or other specific standards. The AC unit has standard cooling efficiency based on

ASHRAE 90.1-2004. The part-load fan control is either an outlet damper, inlet damper or inlet guide

vane.

The high efficiency condition is an installation of a VFD on an AHU supply fan. The existing damper or

inlet guide vane will be removed or set completely open permanently after installation. The VFD will

maintain a constant static pressure by adjusting fan speed and delivery the same amount of air as the

baseline condition. Deemed demand and Energy savings will be calculated based on Appendix C.




9. Measurement Guidelines for Application of Window Films

9.1 Overview

The installation of window films decreases the window shading coefficient and reduces the solar heat

transmitted to the building space. During months when perimeter cooling is required in the building, this

measure decreases cooling energy use.

The simplified M&V guidelines developed for this measure are applicable for window films applied to

south- and west-facing windows only. The measure demand and energy savings are calculated based on

the window-film area, change in shading coefficient, and cooling equipment efficiency. Savings for

window film measures are determined using the Window Film Worksheet, available on the CenterPoint

Energy C&I Standard Offer Program Web site at https://centerpoint.anbetrack.com/.

The following steps comprise the simplified M&V procedure for window-film installations.

1. Collect data characterizing the existing south and west windows including: shading coefficient,

type of interior shading devices, and presence of exterior shading from buildings or other

obstacles. Identify the type and rated efficiency of the cooling equipment in the building.

2. Document the installed window-film shading coefficient and window application area for the

south and west windows.

3. Based on the characteristics of the existing windows, newly installed window-films, and cooling

equipment; determine the annual demand and energy savings using the window-film calculation

spreadsheet.


9.2.1 Pre-Installation Site Survey

The goal of the pre-installation site survey is to identify the existing south and west window

characteristics. At a minimum, the surveys should include the following data for the south and west

windows:

Existing window description

Existing window shading coefficient

Window area by cardinal orientation

Description of interior shading devices

If applicable, an estimate of combined window-interior shading coefficient determined from 1997

ASHRAE Fundamentals, Chapter 29, Tables 24-29

Description of exterior shading

Description of building cooling equipment

This information will be included as part of the Project Application (PA). For window film measures, the

PA should be submitted after the project site has been identified. Submitting the PA prior to site

identification could result in significant under or over estimation of savings since variations in window

area and shading characteristics between sites are large.






After the PA is submitted, CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will conduct a pre-installation inspection

to verify that the Sponsor has properly documented the baseline characteristics of the building, including

window area by orientation, shading devices, and cooling equipment type. The M&V administrator will

inform the Project Sponsor of any necessary corrections to be made to the pre-installation survey based on

the results of the inspection. Removal or demolition of existing shading devices and equipment or

installation of new films, shading devices, and equipment cannot commence until the pre-installation

inspection is completed.

9.3 Post-Installation M&V Activities

9.3.1 Post-Installation Survey

The Sponsor should provide manufacturer’s data for the window films, specifically the National

Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) shading coefficient for the installed window films. The area of the

window films applied for each different solar orientation must also be specified. These data are required

as part of the Installation Report (IR).


CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will conduct a post-installation inspection to verify the documented

characteristics of the building, windows, shading, cooling equipment, and window films. The M&V

administrator will inform the Project Sponsor of any necessary corrections to be made to the pre-

installation survey based on the results of the inspection. If the project is comprised of many small

installations, CenterPoint Energy will inspect a randomly selected sample of the window-film

installations completed by the Sponsor.

9.4 Calculation of Energy Savings

The window film demand and energy savings result from a reduction in demand and energy use of

cooling equipment. Use the Window Film Worksheet to calculate savings. The savings estimates rely on

tabulated values of solar heat gain factors (SHGF) as published in the 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals,

Chapter 29, and Table 17. The ASHRAE data represent the amount of solar radiation that is transmitted

through single-pane clear glass for a cloudless day at 32o N Latitude for the 21

st day of each month by

hour of day and solar orientation. The solar gain values are translated to electric energy savings by

considering the cooling equipment efficiency. In the calculation, the cooling equipment efficiency equals

the rated efficiency of the installed equipment or the ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 minimum cooling

equipment efficiency (see the Standard Cooling Equipment Tables – Appendix A), whichever is more

efficient.

To determine the coincident, peak summer demand savings associated with window films, the highest,

hourly, ASHRAE SHGF value that occurs during the summer peak period is identified for each of the

south and west building orientations. The available data nearest the CenterPoint Energy service territory

are presented in Table 18. The building demand savings are determined from the maximum of these peak

SHG values for the applicable window orientations.

To determine cooling energy savings associated with window films, the ASHRAE SHGF data are

aggregated into daily totals for weekdays during the months of April through October. These totaled,




SHG values are presented in Table 18. In the table, orientations that are symmetrical relative to the

southern sky have the same SHGF values.

Table 18. Solar Heat Gain Determined for 32°N Latitude

Orientation Solar heat gain, a.k.a

SHG (Btu/ft2-year)

Peak hour solar heat

gain, a.k.a. SHGF

(Btu/hr-ft2-year)

SE 158,844 25

SSE 134,794 26

S 120,839 44

SSW 134,794 106

SW 158,844 164

WSW 169,696 196

W 163,006 198

WNW 139,615 170

NW 107,161 117

The data from Table 18 are used to determine the demand and energy savings associated with the window

film measure using the equations below. Equation below presents the demand savings calculation.

Demand savings are determined for the window orientation that results in the highest savings. Demand

savings by orientation are not additive.

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = max𝑖

𝐴𝑓𝑖𝑙𝑚,𝑖 × 𝑆𝐻𝐺𝐹𝑖 × (𝑆𝐶𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑖 − 𝑆𝐶𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑖)

𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 × 𝐶𝑂𝑃

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = ∑𝐴𝑓𝑖𝑙𝑚,𝑖 × 𝑆𝐻𝐺𝑖 × (𝑆𝐶𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑖 − 𝑆𝐶𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑖)

𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 × 𝐶𝑂𝑃

𝑛

𝑖=1

Where:

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = The peak kilowatt savings realized during the year


𝐴𝑓𝑖𝑙𝑚,𝑖= Area of window film applied to orientation 𝑖, ft2

𝑆𝐻𝐺𝐹𝑖= Peak solar heat gain factor for orientation 𝑖 of interest from Table 18 on vertical glazing at 32N

latitude, Btu/hr-ft2-yr

𝑆𝐻𝐺𝑖= Peak solar heat gain for orientation 𝑖 of interest from Table 18 on vertical glazing at 32N latitude,

Btu/ft2-yr

𝑆𝐶𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑖= Shading coefficient for existing glass/interior-shading device applied to orientation 𝑖

𝑆𝐶𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑖= Shading coefficient for new glass/interior-shading device applied to orientation 𝑖




𝐶𝑂𝑃= Cooling equipment COP or SEER based on ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 or actual COP of

equipment, whichever is greater




10. Measurement and Verification for Generic Variable Loads

10.1 Overview

Projects that improve the efficiency of end-uses that exhibit variable energy demand or operating hours

may require continuous post-installation metering to measure and verify energy savings. Examples of

such projects include:

Upgrading building automation systems

Installing new industrial process equipment or systems

Comprehensive chiller plant modifications, including chillers, cooling towers, pumps, etc.

The use of continuous metering for measurement and verification (M&V) of variable loads normally

involves four steps:

1. Surveying the pre-installation system(s). As with all M&V methods, the Sponsor must audit

existing systems to document relevant components (e.g., piping and ductwork diagrams, control

sequences, and operating parameters).

2. Establishing a baseline model (e.g., an equation that determines energy use when key independent

variables are known). All, or a representative sample, of the existing systems should be metered

to establish regression-based equations or curves for defining baseline system energy use as a

function of appropriate variables (e.g., weather or cooling load). Adjustments may be required for

the models to comply with minimum energy efficiency standards.

3. Monitoring post-installation energy use and/or independent variables e.g., weather. Monitoring

can be done continuously throughout a full year or for representative periods of time during each

performance year.

4. Determining the savings by subtracting the post-installation energy use from the baseline energy

use (as indicated in the baseline model).

Most energy retrofits can be monitored and savings verified using this method. However, there are

retrofits that cannot be quantitatively verified using continuous post-installation metering, such as

window tinting.

The M&V method described here is based on Option B of the 2007 International Performance

Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP). Valuable insights on this method can be found in the

IPMVP.


To establish the baseline operating characteristics of the existing systems, the following steps are taken:

1. The Sponsor conducts a pre-installation equipment survey.

2. CenterPoint Energy and/or its contractor conduct a pre-installation inspection.

3. The Sponsor conducts any necessary M&V activities.

4. The Sponsor develops a baseline energy consumption model based on metered system data.





The Sponsor is required to conduct a pre-installation equipment survey, to be submitted as part of the

Project Application. The purpose of the pre-installation equipment survey is to inventory all existing

equipment to be affected by a project, and to propose the replacement equipment to be installed. For each

piece of equipment, the survey should list (as applicable): location, manufacturer, model number, rated

capacity, energy use factors (such as voltage, rated amperage, MBtu/hr, fixture wattage), nominal

efficiency, the load served, and any independent variables that affect system energy consumption.


CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will conduct a pre-installation inspection to verify that the Sponsor

has properly documented the baseline equipment. If significant errors are found in the survey, CenterPoint

Energy will inform the Sponsor that the submitted survey (which is a part of the Project Application)

must be corrected and resubmitted.

10.2.3 Pre-Installation Data Collection

Before making any efficiency modifications to existing equipment, the Sponsor must monitor the

following variables simultaneously:

Independent variables that affect energy use. Examples of such data are ambient temperature,

control outputs, flow rate, cooling tons, and building occupancy.

System energy consumption. Energy demand (e.g., kW) of the equipment to be affected by the

project metered over a representative time period sufficient to document the full range of system

operation.

Typically, metering observations should be made in 15-minute intervals, unless the Sponsor can

demonstrate that longer intervals are sufficient and CenterPoint Energy approves such intervals.

If multiple, identical equipment components or systems are to be modified (e.g., multiple heating boilers),

the M&V plan may specify metering of only a statistical sampling of the equipment.

In some cases, a dependent variable may serve as an accurate proxy for energy demand and may be

monitored in lieu of energy metering. Examples of dependent variables that may be used as a proxy for

energy include amperes and rotating equipment speed. If proxy variables are used, the Sponsor must show

that the proxy variable is representative of the actual demand.

10.2.4 Baseline Model Development

The energy use of most projects will be influenced by independent variables. For such projects, a model

must be developed (typically using regression techniques) that links independent-variable data to energy

use. The methodologies for creating such a model must be included in the Project Application and

approved by CenterPoint Energy.

The results of energy-input metering and variable(s) monitoring will be used to establish the pre-

installation relationship between these quantities. This relationship will be known as the “System

Baseline Model” and will probably be presented in the form of an equation. Regression analysis is

typically used to develop such an equation, although other mathematical methods may be approved. If

regression analysis is used, it must be demonstrated that that the model is statistically valid.




The criteria for establishing statistical validity of the model are:

The model makes intuitive sense; e.g., the explanatory variables are reasonable, and the coefficients

have the expected sign (positive or negative) and are within an expected range (magnitude).

The modeled data represent the population.

The model’s form conforms to standard statistical practice and modeling techniques for the system in

question.

The number of coefficients is appropriate for the number of observations.

The T-statistic for each term in the regression equation is equal to at least 2 (indicates with 95%

confidence that the associated regression coefficient is not zero). The regression R2 is at least 80%.

All data entered into the model are thoroughly documented and model limits (range of independent

variables for which the model is valid) are specified.

Raw data used in model development must be submitted with the Project Application or Installation

Report. CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will make a final determination on the validity of models and

monitoring plans and may request additional documentation, analysis, or metering as necessary.

10.2.5 Compliance with Energy Standards

The baseline model must comply with all applicable federal and state energy standards and codes. If any

existing equipment that will be part of the project does not meet the applicable standards, the Sponsor

must document how the baseline model will be adjusted to account for the standards. It is possible that

two baseline models will be developed – an existing system baseline model and a minimum-standard

system baseline model. In general, however, the M&V plan should document how baseline values are in

compliance, or will be adjusted to comply, with the following:

Baseline equipment characterization should meet prescriptive efficiency standards requirements for

affected equipment

The baseline does not have to comply with performance compliance methods that require the project

site to meet an energy budget.

Demand and energy savings should be calculated with the incorporation of minimum state and federal

energy efficiency standards or codes into the determination of baseline energy use.

10.3 Post-Installation M&V Activities

To establish the post-installation operating characteristics of the affected systems, the following steps are

taken:

1. The Sponsor conducts a post-installation equipment survey.

2. CenterPoint Energy and/or its contractor conduct a post-installation inspection.

3. The Sponsor conducts any necessary M&V activities.


The Sponsor is required to conduct a post-installation equipment survey to be submitted as part of the

Installation Report. The purpose of this equipment survey is to document the equipment that was actually

installed as part of a project. For each piece of equipment, the survey should list (as applicable): location,

manufacturer, model number, rated capacity, energy use factors (such as voltage, rated amperage,




MBtu/hr, wattage), nominal efficiency, the load served, and any independent variables that affect system

energy consumption.



Sponsor has properly documented the installed equipment. After the inspection, CenterPoint

Energy will either accept or reject the Installation Report based on the inspection results and

project review.

10.3.3 Post-Installation Data Collection

After the retrofit, the Sponsor must monitor one or both of the following variables simultaneously:



System energy consumption. Energy demand (e.g., kW) of the equipment to be affected by the

project metered over a representative time period sufficient to document the full range of system

operation.

The variable(s) that must be monitored will depend on the savings calculation methodology used for the

retrofit, as described further in the next section. Note that the same guidelines for pre-installation data

collection should be followed for all post-installation data collection.


There are two approaches for calculating demand and energy savings from generic variable load projects.

Both approaches require pre- and post-installation metering. The pre-installation metering includes short-

term measurements of equipment demand and metering of independent variables. The pre-installation

metering is necessary to develop the baseline energy use model.

For the post-installation monitoring, the first approach requires continuous metering of demand and

independent variables. The second approach relies on short-term measurements of demand and

continuous metering of independent variables. The two methods are summarized below.

1. Short-term, pre-installation metering of demand and independent variables to develop baseline

model. Continuous measurement of post-installation demand and the independent variables used

in the baseline model. Post-installation variable data are used with the baseline model to calculate

baseline energy use.

2. Short-term, pre-installation metering of demand and independent variables to develop baseline

model. Short-term, post-installation metering of demand and independent variables to develop

post-installation model. Continuous measurement of post-installation variables. Post-installation

variable data are used with the baseline and post-installation models to calculate baseline and

post-installation energy use.

10.4.1 First Approach: Metering Post-Installation Energy Use & Variables

To calculate energy savings using the first approach, the Sponsor will monitor demand and the same

independent variables that were used to develop the System Baseline Model after installing the project.

The Sponsor will then compare metered post-installation energy use with pre-installation energy use as




estimated by inputting the post-installation monitored independent variables into the System Baseline

Model. Demand and energy savings will be calculated using the following equations:

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑎𝑥

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = ∑(𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑖– 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡−𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑑,𝑖)

𝑛

𝑖=1

Where:

𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = Maximum, pre-installation equipment demand occurring during utility peak coincident load

period

𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = Maximum, post-installation equipment demand occurring during utility peak coincident

load period

𝒌𝑾𝒑𝒓𝒆,𝒊= Baseline kW calculated from Baseline Model and corresponding to same time interval 𝒊, system

output, weather, etc., conditions as 𝒌𝑾𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒕,𝒊

𝒌𝑾𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒕−𝒎𝒆𝒂𝒔𝒖𝒓𝒆𝒅,𝒊= Measured kW obtained through continuous or representative period, post-installation

metering

10.4.2 Second Approach: Metering Post-Installation Variables

To calculate energy savings using the second approach, the Sponsor must first develop a Post-Installation

System Model for use as a proxy for direct post-installation energy use measurement. Then, the Sponsor

monitors the relevant independent variables and uses that data to estimate post-installation energy use.

Note that the development of the Post-Installation System Model is subject to the same requirements

outlined for development of the Baseline System Model. Once the post-installation energy use is

estimated, energy savings over the course of a single observation interval will be calculated using the

following equations:

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑎𝑥

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = ∑(𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑖– 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑖)

𝑛

𝑖=1

Where:

𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = Maximum, pre-installation equipment demand occurring during utility peak coincident load

period

𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = Maximum, post-installation equipment demand occurring during utility peak coincident

load period






𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑖 = Post-installation kW calculated from Post-Installation Model and corresponding to the

measured time interval; measured system output, measured weather variables, etc. in the post-

installation period

For a particular observation interval, the monitored data must be applied to the Baseline System Model

and to the Post-Installation Model to determine the baseline-system energy and post-installation system

energy input. The modeled-system post-installation is then subtracted from the baseline energy input

value. Energy savings are determined by multiplying this difference by the length of the observation

interval.

10.5 Project-Specific M&V Issues

Specific M&V issues that need to be addressed for generic variable load projects include:

Determination of post-installation metering approach -- i.e., monitoring of energy use or post-

installation variables.

Modeling methodology for Baseline System Model(s) and Post-Installation Model (if used).

How minimum energy efficiency standards will be defined for the Baseline System Model?

Identification of appropriate variables.

Duration of baseline and post-installation monitoring.




11. Measurement and Verification Using Billing Analysis and Regression

Models

11.1 Overview

Billing analysis involves the use of regression models with historical utility billing data (kW and kWh) to

calculate annual demand and energy savings. In general, billing analysis is used with complex equipment

retrofits and controls projects. Examples of the types of projects where billing analysis may be employed

include the installation of an energy management control system (EMCS), and a comprehensive building

retrofit involving multiple types of energy efficiency measures (EEMs).

Billing analysis provides retrofit performance verification for projects where whole-facility baseline and

post-installation data are available. Billing analysis usually involves collection of historical whole-facility

baseline energy use data and a continuous measurement of the whole-facility energy use after measure

installation. Baseline and periodic inspections of the equipment may also be warranted. Energy

consumption is calculated by developing statistically representative models (multivariate regression

models) of historical whole-facility energy consumption (kWh).

The M&V method described here is based, in part, on Option C of the 2001 International Performance

Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP). Valuable insights on utility bill analysis can be found

in the IPMVP.

11.2 Baseline and Post-Retrofit Data Collection

Collecting and validating data, as well as ensuring alignment of data start and end dates are important

elements of billing analysis. Data types and some data analysis protocols are discussed below.

11.2.1 Data Types

As input to the multivariate regression models, billing data provide the basis for calibrating models and

post-installation energy use. Site data provide a means for controlling changes in energy use not

associated with measure installation. These data elements are discussed below.

Monthly Energy Billing Data. There are typically two types of monthly energy billing data; total

energy usage for the month, or energy usage aggregated by time-of-use periods. While either type of

data can be used with a regression model, time-of-use is preferable as it provides more insight into

usage patterns.

Interval Demand Billing Data. This type of billing data records the average demand for a given

interval (e.g., 15 minutes) associated with the billing period.

Site Data. Site data provide the information necessary to account for either changes in or usage of

energy consumption that is not associated with the retrofit equipment. Typical site data that can be

incorporated in regression models include weather parameters, occupancy, facility square footage and

operating hours. These data are typically used to help define the independent variables that explain

energy consumption or change associated with equipment other than the equipment installed as part

of an EEM.

11.2.2 Data Analysis Protocols

The following are some of the required data analysis protocols:




Baseline Energy Consumption. This regression analysis requires at least 12 months’ worth of data

prior to the date of installation. However, if energy consumption is sensitive to weather or other

highly variable factors, then at least 24 months’ worth of data are required.

Post-installation Energy Consumption. This regression analysis requires at least nine months, and

preferably twelve months of data after the date of installation to determine impacts for the first year.

Outliers. Outliers are data beyond the expected range of values (e.g., a data point more than two

standard deviations away from the average of the data). However, the elimination of outliers should

be explained. It is not sufficient to eliminate a data point because it is beyond the expected range of

values. If there is reason to believe that the data point is abnormal because of specific mitigating

factors, then it can be eliminated from the analysis. Nevertheless, if a reason for the unexpected data

point cannot be found, it should be included in the analysis. Outliers should be defined based on

“common sense” as well as common statistical practice. Outliers can be defined in terms of

consumption changes and actual consumption levels.

11.3 Calculation of Energy Savings: Multivariate Regression Method

Multivariate regression is an effective technique that controls for non-retrofit-related factors that affect

energy consumption. If the site data (all relevant explanatory variables, such as weather, occupancy, and

operating schedules) are available and/or collected, the technique should result in more accurate and

reliable savings estimates than a simple comparison of pre- and post-installation energy consumption.

The use of the multivariate regression approach is dependent on and limited by the availability of site and

billing data. The decision to use a regression analysis technique should be based on the availability of this

information. Thus, on a project-specific basis, it is critical to investigate the EEM dependent and

independent variables that have direct relationships to energy use. Data need to be collected for these

variables in a suitable format over a significant period of time.

Separate models may be proposed that define pre-installation energy use and post-installation energy use

with savings equal to the difference between the two equations. It is assumed, however, that a single

“savings” model will be simpler and generate more reliable estimates since it is also based on more data

points.

11.3.1 Overview of the Regression Approach

Regression models should be developed that describe pre-installation and post-installation energy use for

the affected site (or sites), taking into account all explanatory variables.

For projects with time-of-use utility billing data, the regression models should yield savings by hour or

critical time-of-use period. For projects with only monthly consumption data, the models should be used

to predict monthly savings.

11.3.2 Standard Equation for Regression Analysis

In the regression analysis, utility billing data (monthly or hourly) on a project-specific basis are used to

develop the models for comparing the pre-installation energy use to post-installation energy use. After

adjusting for non-retrofit-related factors in the models, the models’ energy use difference is defined as the

gross performance impact of the EEMs.




The regression equations should be specified so as to yield as much information as possible about savings

impacts. For example, with hourly data, it should be possible to estimate the savings impacts by time of

day, day of week, month, and year. With only monthly data, however, it is only possible to determine the

effects by month or year. Data with a frequency lower than monthly should not be used under any

circumstances.

11.3.3 Independent Variables

Independent variables that affect energy consumption should be specified for use in the regression

analysis. These variables can include weather, occupancy patterns, and operating schedules.

If the multivariate regression models discussed above incorporate weather in the form of heating degree-

days (HDD) and/or cooling degree-days (CDD), the following issues must be considered:

The use of the building “temperature balance point” for defining degree-days versus an arbitrary

degree-day temperature base.

The relationship between temperature and energy use that tends to vary depending upon the time of

year. For example, a temperature of 55F in January has a different implication for energy usage than

the same temperature in August. Thus, seasonality should be addressed in the model.

11.3.4 Testing Statistical Validity of Models

The statistical validity of the final regression model should be tested by the Sponsor and CenterPoint

Energy or its contractor and should demonstrate the following:

The model makes intuitive sense; e.g., the independent variables are reasonable, and the coefficients

have the expected sign (positive or negative) and are within an expected range (magnitude).

The modeled data are representative of the population.

The form of the model conforms to standard statistical practice.

The number of coefficients is appropriate for the number of observations (approximately no more

than one explanatory variable for every five data observations).

The T-statistic for all key parameters in the model is at least 2 (95% confidence that the coefficient is

not zero).

The model is tested for possible statistical problems and, if present, appropriate statistical techniques

are used to correct for them.

All data input to the model are thoroughly documented, and model limits (range of independent



When using billing analysis methods, the baseline should comply with minimum state and federal energy

standards with respect to the following:

Baseline equipment/systems should not include devices (e.g., lamps and ballasts) that are not allowed

to be installed under current regulations.




Baseline equipment should meet prescriptive efficiency standards requirements for affected

equipment.

Surveys and analysis correction methods (potentially outside of the model) should be documented in

a project-specific M&V plan.

The baseline does not have to comply with performance compliance methods that require the facility

to meet an energy budget.

11.3.6 Detailed Calculation Issues

The details of the savings calculations are dependent on such issues as:

The use of hourly versus monthly utility meter billing data

The format of the data (e.g., corresponding to same time interval as the billing data) and availability

of all relevant data for explanatory variables

The amount of available energy consumption data

The use of actual or typical data to calculate savings

Compliance with energy standards when calculating baseline energy use. Energy savings should be

calculated with the incorporation of minimum state and federal energy efficiency standards or codes

into the determination of baseline energy use.

11.4 Project Specific M&V Issues

When billing analysis methods are used, the project specific M&V plan should address, in addition to

other topics generic to all M&V methods, the following:

How billing data covering an adequate period of time should be used to calculate savings in the

performance year?

How the baseline will be adjusted in order to have the baseline meet minimum energy standards?




12. Measurement and Verification Using Calibrated Simulation Analysis

12.1 Overview

Computer Simulation Analysis for measurement and verification of energy savings is used when the

energy impacts of the energy efficiency measures (EEMs) are too complex1 or too costly to analyze with

traditional M&V methods. Situations where computer-based building energy simulations may be

appropriate include:






Conducting simulation analysis is a time-consuming task. In some instances, the high costs of conducting

simulation analysis may not justify this type of M&V. Also, building simulation software programs are

not capable of modeling every conceivable building and equipment or control EEM.



be found in the IPMVP.

The Sponsor should take the following steps in performing Computer Simulation Analysis M&V:















installed and operating properly) and possibly spot, short-term, or utility metering.










12.2 Baseline and Post-Retrofit Data Requirements

12.2.1 Simulation Software

To conduct Calibrated Simulation Analysis M&V, it is recommended that the Sponsor use the most

current version available of the DOE-2.1E hourly building simulation program. For projects with small

projected incentive payments, the Sponsor may use other models if the model can be shown to adequately

model the project site and the EEMs, can be calibrated to a high level of accuracy, and the calibration can

be documented.

12.2.2 Weather Data






be used.

Typical weather data used in the calculation of energy savings should be either Typical Meteorological

Year (TMY) or TMY2 data types, obtained from the National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL).

12.3 Calculation of Energy Savings

12.3.1 Develop a Calibrated Simulation Strategy

The following are issues that either the Sponsor or CenterPoint Energy will need to address in order to

define the simulation approach:

Define the existing building. In general, the existing building represents the building, as it exists

prior to installation of EEMs by the Sponsor.

Define the baseline building. The baseline building represents the existing building but with baseline

equipment efficiencies as specified by state or federal standards.



Define the calibration data interval. The building models should be calibrated using hourly, daily

or monthly data. Calibrations to hourly or daily data are preferred, since they are generally more

accurate than calibrations to monthly data because there are more points to compare. If monthly

project site billing data are used then spot or short term data collection for calibrated key values may

be used.











12.3.2 Building Data Collection

The data required for simulating a real building are voluminous. The main categories of data to be

collected for the building and proposed EEMs are described below.

Building plans. The Sponsor should obtain as-built building plans. If as-built plans are not available,

the Sponsor should work with the building owner to define alternative sources.

Utility bills. The Sponsor should collect a minimum of twelve consecutive months (preferably 24

months), with applicable dates of utility bills for the months immediately before installation of the

EEMs. The billing data should include monthly kWh consumption and peak electric demand (kW) for

the month. Fifteen minute or hourly data are also desired for calibration. The Sponsor should

determine if building systems are sub-metered, and collect these data if available. If hourly data are

required to calibrate the simulation, but no data are available, metering equipment may need to be

installed to acquire hourly data.

Conduct on-site surveys. CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will assist the Sponsor to identify the

necessary data to be collected from the building. The Sponsor should visit the building site to collect

the data. CenterPoint Energy or its contractor may accompany the Sponsor during the building

survey. Data that may be collected include:



HVAC systems - secondary equipment (e.g. air handling units, terminal boxes):
















Interview operators. The Sponsor may choose to interview the building operator. Building operators

can provide much of the above listed information, and also indicate if any deviation in the intended

operation of building equipment exists.

Make spot measurements. The Sponsor may find it necessary to record power draw on certain

circuits (lighting, plug load, HVAC equipment, etc.) to determine actual equipment operation power.





to several weeks.



12.3.3 Base Building Simulation Models

Once all necessary information is collected, the Sponsor should input the simulation data into DOE-2

code to create the base building model. The modeler should refine the model to obtain the best





following:

Baseline equipment/systems models should not include devices (e.g. lamps and ballasts) that are not



equipment.







Calibration




use either monthly utility bills, or measured hourly data to calibrate the model when available.

The calibration process should be documented to show the results from initial runs and what changes

were made to bring the model into calibration. Statistical indices are calculated during the calibration




process to determine the accuracy of the model. If the model is not sufficiently calibrated, the modeler

should revise the parameters of the model and recalculate the statistics.



bias error (MBE) and the coefficient of variation of the root mean squared error (CV(RMSE))2.



Where:






Where:




The acceptable tolerances for these values when using hourly data calibration are shown in Table 19.


Value

MBEmonth 10%

CV(RMSEmonth) 30%





every month in the data set. Equations below calculate the error in the monthly and annual energy










consumption. The acceptable tolerances for these values when using monthly data calibration are shown

in Table 20.



Where:




𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟


Value

ERRmonth 25%

ERRyear 15%


After measure installation a post-installation model can be prepared. The post-installation model should

usually be the baseline model with the substitution of new energy-efficient equipment and systems. This

new model should also be calibrated and documented. The possible calibration mechanisms are:





Using utility (15 minute, hourly or monthly) metering data to calibrate the model, as was done with





months) billing data are available.

In some instances the post-installation model should be the only model calibrated. This can occur when

the baseline project site cannot be easily modeled due to significant changes during the 12 months prior to

the new measures being installed and thus the recent billing data are not representative.








installation model is subtracted from energy consumption projected by the baseline model.

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = ∑(𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒,𝑖– 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑖)

𝑛

𝑖=1

Where:





installation period


Specific M&V issues that need to be addressed in the project-specific M&V plan and that are related to

this M&V method include:

Which version of DOE-2 will be used, the supplier of the program, and what if any pre- and post-

processors will be used?

Baseline building description (age square footage, location, etc.) including a description of building

systems to be replaced.

Description of any building operation conditions (set-points, schedules, etc.) that are affected by the

EEMs.

Documentation of compliance for the baseline model with state and federal standards.

Documentation of the calibrated simulation strategy and project procedure, including differences in

calibration parameters between the existing and post-installation cases.

A summary of the building data to be collected and sources (e.g., site surveys, drawings).

Identification of spot and short-term measurements to be made.

Selection of the calibration data interval (should be hourly or monthly).

Identification and source of weather data used (NCDC weather station or typical weather data).

Identification of the statistical calibration tolerances and graphical techniques to be used.

Indication of who will do the simulation analysis and calibration.

Specification of format for documentation.

Program Manual v 16 Measurement and Verification Guidelines for New Construction Projects



Measurement and Verification Guidelines Section 3.

for New Construction Projects

This section includes detailed information about the measurement and verification (M&V) requirements

of the 2016 C&I Standard Offer Program, as well as guidance for Project Sponsors on how to prepare and

execute an M&V plan. These requirements and guidelines are specific to New Construction projects.




13. Introduction to Measurement and Verification for New Construction

Projects

13.1 Overview

In the 2016 C&I Standard Offer Program (SOP), the demand and energy savings resulting from a project

are determined through measurement and verification (M&V) activities. The M&V methodology

appropriate for any given project depends on the equipment type, operational predictability, and project

complexity.

Project Sponsors should use the M&V approaches presented here as the basis for developing a

methodology for measuring and verifying the demand and energy savings associated with their projects.

A Project Sponsor may recommend an alternative approach; however, any alternative must be approved

by CenterPoint Energy and adhere to the 2001 International Performance Measurement and Verification

Protocol (IPMVP), upon which these approaches are based (with the exception of deemed savings

approaches, discussed below). Table 21 lists the available measurement methods for the measures.

Table 21. Energy Efficiency Measure vs. Measurement Approach

13.2 Measurement Approaches

The M&V guidelines provided in the following sections vary in detail and rigor, but fall into three general

categories:

Deemed savings estimates

Simplified M&V approaches

Full M&V approaches

The most appropriate approach depends on the availability of evaluation data from previous programs for

particular measures, the predictability of equipment operation, and the benefits of the approach relative to

the costs associated with that approach.

13.2.1 Deemed Savings

In deemed savings approaches, the demand and energy savings associated with particular measures are

based on values stipulated by CenterPoint Energy for factors such as operating hours, efficiencies, and

coincidence factors. These values result from analyses of evaluation data from past demand-side

management programs or other industry data. The deemed savings approach is appropriate for equipment

Chapter Energy Efficiency Measure Measurement Approaches

Provided

14 Lighting Efficiency and Controls Deemed and Simplified

15 High-efficiency cooling equipment Deemed, Simplified and Full

16 High-efficiency motors—constant load Simplified and Full

18 Generic Variable Loads Full

19 Various – computer modeling and simulation Full




installations for which savings are relatively certain, such as high-efficiency lamps or high performance

windows. With deemed savings, the Project Sponsor is not required to perform short-term testing or long-

term metering.

13.2.2 Simplified M&V

A simplified M&V approach may involve short-term testing or simple long-term metering, but relies

primarily on manufacturer’s efficiency data and pre-established savings calculation formulas. Simplified

methods can reduce the need for some field monitoring or performance testing. For example, the energy

and demand savings associated with a high-efficiency constant load motor are determined by comparing

the rated efficiency of the specified, high-efficiency motor to that of a standard motor, and then

conducting spot-metering of the motor's demand and long-term metering of the energy consumption.

CenterPoint Energy, or its contractor, may collect the monitoring data onsite during the post-installation

inspection. In cases where this is necessary, the Sponsor is required to have any logging equipment

operational until the inspection takes place. It is the responsibility of the Sponsor to have the required

equipment or personnel to gather the data from any logging equipment.

13.2.3 Full M&V

The full measurement approach estimates demand and energy savings using a higher level of rigor than

the deemed or metered measurement approaches through the application of computer simulation. Any full

measurement methods other than computer simulation should be developed in accordance with the 2007

International Performance Measurement and Inspection Protocol (IPMVP) and be approved by

CenterPoint Energy. In general, projects involving full measurement must submit a project-specific

measurement plan. At a minimum, the plan should address the following (from the 2007 IPMVP):

1. Describe the new construction project; include information on how the specified equipment

exceeds applicable standards.

2. Describe the Measurement method to be used.

3. Indicate who will conduct the Measurement activities and prepare the Measurement analyses and

documentation.

4. Define the details of how calculations will be made. For instance: “List analysis tools, such as

DOE-2 computer simulations, and/or show the equations to be used.” A complete “path” should

be defined indicating how collected survey and metering/monitoring data will be used to calculate

savings. All equations should be shown.

5. Specify what metering equipment will be used, who will provide the equipment, its accuracy and

calibration procedures. Include a metering schedule describing metering duration and when it will

occur, and how data from the metering will be validated and reported. Include data formats.

Electronic, formatted data read directly from a meter or data logger are recommended for any

short-or long-term metering.

6. Define what key assumptions will be made about significant variables or unknowns. For instance:

“actual weather data will be used, rather than typical-year data,” or “fan power will be metered

for one full year for two of the six supply air systems.” Describe any stipulations that will be

made and the source of data for the stipulations.

7. Define how any baseline adjustments will be made.




8. Describe any sampling method that will be used, what is included, sample size, documentation on

how sample size was selected, and information on how random sample points will be selected.

9. Indicate how quality assurance will be maintained and replication confirmed.

13.3 Developing Project-Specific M&V Plans

Table 22 highlights the basic steps required during the M&V process for most new construction projects

under this program.

Table 22. Steps in the M&V process

Step M&V Activity Performed by:

1 Develop a site-specific M&V plan Sponsor

2 Ensure that the M&V plans adhere to the IPMVP guidelines CenterPoint Energy

3 Conduct a pre-installation equipment survey Sponsor

4 Install equipment Sponsor

5 Conduct a post-installation equipment survey Sponsor

6 Conduct a post-installation inspection CenterPoint Energy

7 Execute the M&V plan (conduct M&V activities if

necessary) Sponsor

8 True-up savings, based on M&V results Sponsor




14. Measurement Guidelines for Lighting Efficiency and Controls

14.1 Overview

The lighting projects covered by this M&V procedure are lighting efficiency measures that may include

the replacement of existing lamps and ballasts with new energy efficient lamps and ballasts. For these

types of projects, demand savings are based on coincident-load factors and changes in lighting load as

determined using standard lighting fixture wattage values listed in the CenterPoint Energy Table of

Standard Fixture Wattages (see Appendix C). To determine energy savings, the Sponsor should establish

operating hours using one of two methods:

Deemed Hours – Operating hours have been established for certain building types (See Table 16).

Metered Hours – Energy savings are determined by metering pre- or post-installation operating

hours using defined sampling techniques.

For lighting efficiency measures installed in electrically cooled spaces, demand and energy savings are

also given for lighting-HVAC system interaction. These savings are equal to various percentages of the

lighting demand savings and energy savings depending on the building types and temperatures.

Evaporative or alternate fuel system credits for electricity savings must be based on Full M&V results.

In addition to determining operating hours, the Project Sponsor is required to conduct pre- and post-

installation equipment surveys. The Project Sponsor should fill out and submit survey results in the New

Construction Lighting Survey Form using fixture codes provided in the Table of Standard Fixture

Wattages. CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will conduct a post-installation inspection to verify the

installation of the specified equipment.



Prior to installing the lighting measures, the Project Sponsor prepares a pre-installation equipment

specification sheet by filling out a New Construction Lighting Survey Form. The Project Sponsor submits

this information as part of the Project Application. The pre-installation equipment specification should

provide the following information about all proposed fixtures: room location, fixture, lamp, and ballast

types, area designations, counts of fixtures, and type of control device. Surveys should include all

proposed lighting fixtures and controls. The Project Sponsor must include estimates of the amount of

lighting that will be provided by task lamps and other moveable lighting sources. Fixture wattages are

based on the fixture codes listed in the Table of Standard Fixture Wattages. This information should be

tabulated electronically in the New Construction Lighting Survey Form. Once the Project Sponsor enters

all fixtures into the form, the form calculates what the building’s installed interior lighting load will be.

Some types of lighting fixtures are exempt from inclusion in the interior lighting demand calculation.

Project Sponsors should list exempt fixtures in the separate sheet provided in the New Construction

Lighting Survey Form. Exempt fixtures are fixtures that provide lighting that is in addition to general,

ambient lighting, have separate control devices, and are installed in one of the following applications4:

4 Reference: ASHRAE 90.1-1999, Section 9.3.1.




Display or accent lighting that is an essential element for the function performed in galleries,

museums, and monuments.

Lighting that is integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by its manufacturer.

Lighting specifically designed for use only during medical or dental procedures and lighting integral

to medical equipment.

Lighting integral to both open and glass enclosed refrigerator and freezer cases.

Lighting integral to food warming and food preparation equipment.

Lighting for plant growth or maintenance.

Lighting in spaces specifically designed for use by the visually impaired.

Lighting in retail display windows, provided the display area is enclosed by ceiling-height partitions.

Lighting in interior spaces that have been specifically designated as a registered interior historic

landmark.

Lighting that is an integral part of advertising or directional signage.

Exit signs.

Lighting that is for sale or lighting educational demonstration systems.

Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, and film and video production.

Athletic playing areas with permanent facilities for television broadcasting.

Casino gaming areas.

14.3 Post-installation M&V Activities


The Project Sponsor is required to conduct a post-installation lighting equipment survey as part of the

Installation Report. The purpose of the post-installation equipment survey is to inventory the actual, as-

built equipment. Inventory information should be tabulated electronically in the New Construction

Lighting Survey Form. Fixture wattages shall be based on the Table of Standard Fixture Wattages. Once

the Project Sponsor enters all fixtures into the survey form, the form calculates the buildings installed

interior lighting load.


CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will conduct a post-installation inspection to verify that the measures

were installed as reported. In most cases, CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will inspect statistically

significant samples taken from the entire lighting population. The criterion for acceptance is that the error

in the installed demand of the sample must be within 5% of the demand reported on the post-installation

lighting equipment inventory form. If the error exceeds 5%, CenterPoint Energy will inform the Project

Sponsor that the submitted lighting survey must be corrected and resubmitted, citing the major cause of

the errors found.

14.3.3 Lighting Power Allowance

Demand savings are based on the difference between a project’s installed lighting load, compared to the

maximum, code-specified lighting power allowance. To calculate the maximum code-allowed lighting

power allowance for a building, multiply the maximum lighting power density for the appropriate

building type, as listed in Table 23, by the gross lighted floor area of the building. If a lighting measure is




planned for a building type not listed in Table 23, choose the building type that is most similar in

function. If a lighting measure is planned for a building with mixed usages, e.g. a high rise building with

retail space and office space, choose the building type that represents the largest portion of the floor

space.

Table 23. Lighting Power Densities by Building Type5

Building Type Lighting Power

Density (W/ft2)

Building Type (cont.) Lighting Power

Density (W/ft2)

Education:K-12, w/o Summer

Session

1.20 Parking Structure 0.30

Education: College, University,

Vocational, Day Care, and K-12

w/ summer session

1.20 Public Assembly 1.17

Food Sales - Non-24-Hour

Supermarket/Retail

1.50 Public Order and Safety 1.07

Food Sales - 24 Hour

Supermarket/Retail

1.50 Religious 1.30

Food Service – fast food 1.40 Retail (Excluding Malls

and Strip Centers)

1.50

Food Service – Sit-down

Restaurant

1.30 Retail (Enclosed Mall) 1.50

Health Care (Out-patient) 1.00 Retail (Strip shopping

and non-enclosed mall)

1.50

Health Care (In-patient) 1.20 Service (Excluding Food) 0.90

Lodging (Hotel/Motel/Dorm),

Common Areas

1.00 Warehouse (Non-

refrigerated)

0.80

Lodging (Hotel/Motel/Dorm),

Rooms

1.00 Warehouse

(Refrigerated)

0.80

Manufacturing 1.30 Outdoor Uncovered

Parking Area: Zone 1

0.04

Multi-family Housing, Common

Areas

0.70 Outdoor Uncovered


0.06

Nursing and Resident Care 1.20 Outdoor Uncovered


0.1

Office 1.05 Outdoor Uncovered


0.13

5 current City of Houston Commercial Energy Conservation Code




Outdoor Lighting Zone Description

1

Developed areas of national parks, state parks, forest land, and

rural areas

2

Areas predominantly consisting of residential zoning,

neighborhood business districts, light industrial with limited

nighttime use and residential mixed use areas

3 All other areas

4

High-activity commercial districts in major metropolitan areas

as designated by the local land use planning authority

14.4 Operating Hours

14.4.1 Deemed Hours

The Deemed Hours Method uses predetermined annual operating hours and co-incidence factors as listed

in Table 24. If this table does not accurately characterize the building type, then the Project Sponsor

should refer to the Stipulated Hours Method or the Metered Hours Method section for the appropriate

Measurement techniques to calculate operating hours.

Table 24. Deemed Operating Hours, Co-incidence Factors for Select Building Types

Building Type Annual

Operating Hours

Coincidence

Factor

Education:K-12, w/o Summer Session 2,777 47%

Education: College, University, Vocational, Day

Care, and K-12 w/ summer session

3,577 69%

Food Sales - Non-24-Hour Supermarket/Retail 4,706 95%

Food Sales - 24 Hour Supermarket/Retail 6,900 95%

Food Service – Fast food 6, 188 81%

Food Service – Sit-down Restaurant 4,368 81%

Health Care (Out-patient) 3,386 77%

Health Care (In-patient) 5,730 78%

Lodging (Hotel/Motel/Dorm), Common Areas 6,630 82%

Lodging (Hotel/Motel/Dorm), Rooms 3,055 25%

Manufacturing 5,740 73%

Multi-family Housing, Common Areas 4,772 87%

Nursing and Resident Care 4,271 78%

Office 3,737 77%

Outdoor (street & parking) 3996 0% (61%

winter peak)

Parking Structure 7,884 100%

Public Assembly 2,638 56%

Public Order and Safety 3,472 75%

Religious 1,824 53%




Building Type Annual

Operating Hours

Coincidence

Factor

Retail (Excluding Malls and Strip Centers) 3,668 90%

Retail (Enclosed Mall) 4,813 93%

Retail (Strip shopping and non-enclosed mall) 3,965 90%

Service (Excluding Food) 3,406 90%

Warehouse (Non-refrigerated) 3,501 77%

Warehouse (Refrigerated) 3,798 84%




Table 25. Interactive Demand and Energy Factors

Building Type Interactive

Demand Factor

Normal Temps.

(> 41°F)

Interactive

Energy Factor

Normal Temps.

(> 41°F)

Interactive

Demand Factor

Medium Temps.

(33-41°F)

Interactive

Energy Factor

Medium Temps.

(33-41°F)

Interactive

Demand

Factor Low

Temps.

(-10-10°F)

Interactive

Energy

Factor Low

Temps.

(-10-10°F)

Education: K-12, w/o Summer Session 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Education: College, University, Vocational,

Day Care, and K-12 w/ Summer Session

10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Food Sales: Non 24-hour

Supermarket/Retail

10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Food Sales: 24-hour Supermarket/Retail 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Food Service: Fast Food 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Food Service: Sit-down Restaurant 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Health Care: Out-patient 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Health Care: In-patient 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Lodging (Hotel/Motel/Dorm): Common Areas 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Lodging (Hotel/Motel/Dorm): Rooms 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Manufacturing 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Multi-family Housing: Common Areas 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Nursing and Resident Care 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Office 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Outdoor 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%

Parking Structure 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%

Public Assembly 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Public Order and Safety 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Religious 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Retail: Excluding Malls & Strip Centers 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Retail: Enclosed Mall 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Retail: Strip Shopping &Non-enclosed Mall 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Service (Excluding Food) 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Warehouse: Non-refrigerated 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%

Warehouse: Refrigerated 25%1 10% 5% 25% 25% 30% 30%




14.4.2 Metered Hours

The Metered Hours Method involves monitoring a statistically significant sample of fixtures to determine

operating hours. This involves developing a sampling plan to monitor the average operating hours for

each lighting usage group. The Project Sponsor should conduct all meter installation, retrieval and data

analysis. When performing the post-installation activities associated with this Measurement approach,

Project Sponsors should organize the equipment into usage groups—collections of equipment with

similar operating schedules and functional uses. For instance, although a site's open office lighting may

have the same annual hours of operation as the private office lighting, the two have different functional

uses. In this case, a change in the operating hours of the private office lights due to the installation of an

occupancy sensor would not be relevant to the operating hours of the open office lights. Therefore, private

offices and open office areas should be assigned to separate usage groups. Table 26 illustrates the

recommended minimum number of usage groups, specific to each project site.

Table 26. Suggested Minimum Numbers of Usage Groups for Project Site Types

Building Type

Minimum

Number of

Usage Groups

Examples of Usage Group types

Office Buildings 6 General offices, private offices, hallways, restrooms,

conference, lobbies, 24-hr

Education (K-12) 6 Classrooms, offices, hallways, restrooms, admin,

auditorium, gymnasium, 24-hr

Education

(College/University)

6 Classrooms, offices, hallways, restrooms, admin,

auditorium, library, dormitory, 24-hr

Hospitals/ Health Care

Facilities

8 Patient rooms, operating rooms, nurses station, exam

rooms, labs, offices, hallways

Retail Stores 5 Sales floor, storeroom, displays, private office, 24-hr

Manufacturing 6 Manufacturing, warehouse, shipping, offices, shops,

24-hr

Other 10 N/A

The Project Sponsor will conduct short-term metering of the operating hours for a random sample of

fixtures in each usage group. For facilities with little variation in weekly operating schedules (such as

offices), monitoring shall be conducted for each selected circuit for a recommended minimum of two to

four weeks. Monitoring should not occur during significant holidays or vacations. If a holiday or vacation

falls within the monitoring period, the duration should be extended for as many days as that holiday or

vacation. For facilities where operating hours vary seasonally, monitoring should be conducted for a

minimum period during each season.




The required sample sizes for each usage group are listed in Table 27.

Note: because light loggers sometimes fail, over sampling is recommended. Light loggers should be

calibrated prior to installation to verify that the light loggers are functioning properly. In the event that

there are multiple fixtures on a single circuit breaker (e.g., warehouse), then the Project Sponsor will

coordinate with CenterPoint Energy to determine number of samples required.

Table 27. Monitoring Sample Size

Population of Lines in Usage Group Sample Size

n <4 3

5<=n<8 5

9<=n<12 6

13<=n<20 7

21<=n<70 8

71<=n<300 10

n>300 11

* Sample sizes assume a confidence interval of 80%, precision of 20%, and a coefficient of variation (cv) of 0.5 for

the populations indicated

14.4.3 Calculation of Average Operating Hours

For each usage group, the Project Sponsor should extrapolate results from the monitored sample to the

population to calculate the average annual lighting operating hours. Simple, unweighted averages of

operating hours should be calculated for each usage group as listed in the following equations. The

Project Sponsor should use these average operating hours to calculate the energy savings for each

respective usage group.

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙,𝑢 = ∑

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛 ,𝑖

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑,𝑖× 8760𝑛

𝑖=1

𝑛

Where:

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙,𝑢 = Average annual operating hours for usage group u

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛 ,𝑖 = Operating hours observed during the metering period for circuit i

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑,𝑖 = Total number of hours in the metering period for circuit i

𝑛 = Number of metered circuits in usage group u




14.4.4 Calculation of Average Co-incidence Factor

The equation listed below illustrates the calculation of average on-peak demand coincidence factor (CF)

for a usage group. Note that demand savings are only allowed for lighting fixtures that will be in

operation on weekdays between the hours of 1 PM and 7 PM during the months of June through

September or from 6 AM to 10 AM and 6 PM to 10PM, from December 1 through February 28.

𝐶𝐹𝑢 =

∑ [𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑜𝑛,𝑖

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑,𝑖]𝑛

𝑖=1

𝑛

Where:

𝐶𝐹𝑢 = = Peak-demand coincidence factor for usage group u

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑜𝑛,𝑖 = Operating hours observed during peak in the metering period for circuit i

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑,𝑖= Total number of peak demand hours in the metering period for circuit I

𝑛 = Number or metered circuits in usage group u

14.4.5 Deemed Control Savings

This method requires the use of the deemed hours from Table 24 and a Power Adjustment Factor (PAF) and

Energy Adjustment Factor (EAF) from Table 28. If values from these tables do not accurately characterize the

building type and operation, then the Project Sponsor must refer to Metered Control Savings Method




Table 28. List of Power Adjustment Factors*

Control Type Sub-Category Control Codes EAF PAF

None n/a None 0.00 0.00

Occupancy n/a OS 0.24 0.24

Daylighting

(Indoor)

Continuous dimming DL-Cont

0.28 0.28 Multiple step dimming DL-Step

ON/OFF DL-ON/OFF

Outdoor n/a Outdoor 0.00 0.00

Personal Tuning n/a PT 0.31 0.31

Institutional Tuning n/a IT 0.36 0.36

Multiple/Combined Types Various combinations Multiple 0.38 0.38

*PAFs are adapted from latest version of the TRM.

14.4.6 Metered Control Savings

If the project is ineligible for deemed savings and/or the Project Sponsor prefers to monitor Operating

Hours to claim achievable savings, the Metered Hours Method must be followed to determine operating

hours (Refer to Pages 7-9 of the 2007 International Performance Measurement and Inspection Protocol).

If the project involves the addition of lighting controls to a building that does not fall under the deemed

category and the stipulated method is inadequate to determine pre-operating hours, then pre- and post-

installation metering may be required to determine pre- and post-operating hours.



calculations are embedded in the Retrofit Lighting Survey Form.

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = ∑ ((𝑃𝐷𝑖

1000× 𝐴𝑖) − (𝑁𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) × 𝑘𝑊𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) )

𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡 × (1 − 𝑃𝐴𝐹𝑖) )

𝑛

𝑖=1

× 𝐶𝐹𝑖 × (1 + 𝐴𝐶 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟1)

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = ∑ ([(𝑃𝐷𝑖

1000× 𝐴𝑖) − (𝑁𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) × 𝑘𝑊𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) )

𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡× (1 − 𝐸𝐴𝐹𝑖)] × 𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙,𝑖)

𝑛

𝑖=1

× (1 + 𝐴𝐶 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟2)

Where:

𝑃𝐷𝑖=Power Density in line item i, w/ft2

𝐴𝑖=Gross lighted floor area of line item i, ft2

𝑁𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒(𝑖) = Number of fixtures in line item i

𝑘𝑊(𝑓𝑖𝑥𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒 𝑖)= Deemed fixture wattage from standard wattage table for fixture type listed in line item i.

𝐶𝐹𝑖 = Coincident demand factor based on input in line item i (Deemed, Stipulated or Metered)

𝑃𝐴𝐹𝑖 = Power adjustment factors based on controls type on input in line item I (Deemed, or Metered)




𝐸𝐴𝐹𝑖 = Energy adjustment factors based on controls type on input in line item I (Deemed, or Metered)

𝐴𝐶 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟1 = If space is conditioned, value is referred to Table 25. If unconditioned, value is 0.

𝐴𝐶 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟2= If space is conditioned, value is referred to Table 25. If unconditioned, value is 0.




15. Measurement Guidelines for High-Efficiency Cooling Equipment

15.1 Overview

Cooling equipment measures must involve the installation of equipment that exceeds current energy

efficiency standards. This chapter presents both a deemed savings approach and a simplified approach to

the measurement and verification of savings from the installation of high-efficiency cooling equipment.

High-efficiency equipment for which savings may be measured using the methods described in this

chapter includes:

Unitary air conditioners (DX, air-cooled, evaporative, or water-cooled)

Heat pumps (air-cooled, evaporative, or water-cooled)

Chillers (air-cooled centrifugal, water-cooled centrifugal, air-cooled screw)

Compressors (centrifugal, screw, reciprocating)

The projects should have the following characteristics:

Documented cooling load calculations for the affected facility.

The scope of the project for which incentives are requested is limited to individual pieces of

equipment, e.g. two 500-ton chillers, and not entire building systems.

If the proposed installation does not meet these requirements, refer to the Full Measurement guidelines for

appropriate Measurement techniques.

The applicable baseline efficiency values are from ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1999/2007/2010, or IECC

2009; these values are provided in the Standard Cooling Equipment Tables in Appendix A of this

document. The applicable column in the Standard Cooling Equipment Tables is titled “Minimum

Performance Standard”.

15.2 Deemed Savings for Cooling Equipment

The deemed savings approach to M&V for cooling equipment as part of new construction is available to

sponsors. The deemed savings methodology is incorporated in an Excel spreadsheet, available to

sponsors, which calculates savings values based on user inputs. The spreadsheet was developed as a tool

to assist sponsors with the deemed savings method. Manual calculations using Equations below are

acceptable as well.

Projects that are eligible to use the deemed savings approach must meet the following requirements:

The existing and proposed cooling equipment are electric.

The Cooling Equipment is not used for process loads.

Coefficients are listed in Table A.1-8 for the type of building in which the retrofit occurs and the type

of equipment involved.

The building falls into one of the categories described in Table 29




Table 29. Building Descriptions for Use in the Air-Conditioning Equipment Deemed Savings


Education

College

Buildings used for academic or technical

classroom instruction, such as elementary,

middle, or high schools, and classroom

buildings on college or university campuses.

Buildings on education campuses for which the

main use is not classroom are included in the

category relating to their use. For example,

administration buildings are part of "Office,"

dormitories are "Lodging," and libraries are

"Public Assembly."

1) College or University

2) Career or Vocational Training

3) Adult Education

Primary School 1) Elementary or Middle School

2) Preschool or Daycare

Secondary School

1) High School

2) Religious Education

Food Sales Convenience

Buildings used for retail or wholesale of food. 1) Gas Station with a Convenience Store

2) Convenience Store

Supermarket 1) Grocery Store or Food Market

Food Service Full-Service Restaurant Buildings used for preparation and sale of food

and beverages for consumption.

1) Restaurant or Cafeteria

Quick-Service Restaurant 1) Fast Food

Healthcare

Hospital Buildings used as diagnostic and treatment

facilities for inpatient care.

1) Hospital

2) Inpatient Rehabilitation

Outpatient Healthcare

Buildings used as diagnostic and treatment

facilities for outpatient care. Medical offices

are included here if they use any type of

diagnostic medical equipment (if they do not,

they are categorized as an office building).

1) Medical Office

2) Clinic or Outpatient Health Care

3) Veterinarian

Large Multifamily Midrise Apartment

Buildings containing multifamily dwelling

units, having multiple stories, and equipped

with elevators.






Lodging

Large Hotel Buildings used to offer multiple

accommodations for short-term or long-term

residents, including skilled nursing and other

residential care buildings.

1) Motel or Inn

2) Hotel

3) Dormitory, Fraternity, or Sorority

4) Retirement Home, Nursing Home, Assisted

Living, or other Residential Care

5) Convent or Monastery

Nursing Home

Small Hotel/Motel

Mercantile

Stand-Alone Retail

Buildings used for the sale and display of

goods other than food.

1) Retail Store

2) Beer, Wine, or Liquor Store

3) Rental Center

4) Dealership or Showroom for Vehicles or

Boats

5) Studio or Gallery

Strip Mall Shopping malls comprised of multiple

connected establishments.

1) Strip Shopping Center

2) Enclosed Malls

Office

Large Office

Buildings used for general office space,

professional office, or administrative offices.

Medical offices are included here if they do not

use any type of diagnostic medical equipment

(if they do, they are categorized as an

outpatient health care building).

1) Administrative or Professional Office

2) Government Office

3) Mixed-Use Office

4) Bank or Other Financial Institution

5) Medical Office

6) Sales Office

7) Contractor’s Office (e.g. Construction,

Plumbing, HVAC)

8) Non-Profit or Social Services

9) Research and Development

10) City Hall or City Center

11) Religious Office

12) Call Center

Medium Office

Small Office





Public Assembly Public Assembly

Buildings in which people gather for social or

recreational activities, whether in private or

non-private meeting halls.

1) Social or Meeting (e.g. Community Center,

Lodge, Meeting Hall, Convention Center,

Senior Center)

2) Recreation (e.g. Gymnasium, Health Club,

Bowling Alley, Ice Rink, Field House, Indoor

Racquet Sports)

3) Entertainment or Culture (e.g. Museum,

Theater, Cinema, Sports Arena, Casino, Night

Club)

4) Library

5) Funeral Home

6) Student Activities Center

7) Armory

8) Exhibition Hall

9) Broadcasting Studio

10) Transportation Terminal

Religious Worship Religious Worship

Buildings in which people gather for religious

activities, (such as chapels, churches, mosques,

synagogues, and temples).






Service Service

Buildings in which some type of service is

provided, other than food service or retail sales

of goods.

1) Vehicle Service or Vehicle Repair Shop

2) Vehicle Storage/Maintenance

3) Repair Shop

4) Dry Cleaner or Laundromat

5) Post Office or Postal Center

6) Car Wash

7) Gas Station with no Convenience Store

8) Photo Processing Shop

9) Beauty Parlor or Barber Shop

10) Tanning Salon

11) Copy Center or Printing Shop

12) Kennel

Warehouse Warehouse

Buildings used to store goods, manufactured

products, merchandise, raw materials, or

personal belongings (such as self-storage).

1) Refrigerated Warehouse

2) Non-refrigerated warehouse

3) Distribution or Shipping Center




15.2.1 Pre-Installation M&V Activities




Pre-Installation Site Survey

Prior to installing the cooling equipment measures, the Project Sponsor prepares a pre-installation

equipment specification sheet by filling out the deemed savings spreadsheet. The deemed savings

spreadsheet is available for downloading from the program Web site,

http://www.centerpointefficiency.com. The deemed savings spreadsheet requires the Project Sponsor to

input information about the equipment and the specified equipment’s type, size, make/model and

efficiency. The Project Sponsor submits the deemed savings spreadsheet as part of the Project

Application.

Pre-Installation Site Inspection

A pre-construction site inspection is generally not required, but in some cases – such as projects involving

additions to existing facilities – this inspection may be requested at CenterPoint Energy’s discretion.

15.2.2 Post-Installation M&V Activities


Once the construction project is complete, the Project Sponsor revises the deemed savings spreadsheet as

necessary to reflect as-built conditions. An updated copy of the deemed savings spreadsheet should be

included with the Installation Report.

The Project Sponsor must submit manufacturer’s documentation of the rated efficiency of all installed

cooling equipment, based upon ARI test conditions. This documentation will be in the form of

manufacturer cut sheets or factory performance test results that document the full load performance of the

equipment.






calculations are embedded in the pertinent CenterPoint Energy Cooling Equipment Form.

For Split Systems/Packaged AC and HP:

𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔 [𝒌𝑾𝒉𝒔𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔] = 𝒌𝑾𝒉𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔,𝑪 + 𝒌𝑾𝒉𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔,𝑯

http://www.centerpointefficiency.com/




𝑷𝒆𝒂𝒌 𝑫𝒆𝒎𝒂𝒏𝒅 [𝒌𝑾𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔,𝑪] = (𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒓𝒆



𝜼𝒊𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅,𝑪) × 𝑪𝑭 ×

𝟏 𝒌𝑾

𝟏, 𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝑾

𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 (𝑪𝒐𝒐𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒈) [𝒌𝑾𝒉𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔,𝑪] = (𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒓𝒆



𝜼𝒊𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅,𝑪) × 𝑬𝑭𝑳𝑯𝑪 ×

𝟏 𝒌𝑾

𝟏, 𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝑾

𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 (𝑯𝒆𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒏𝒈) [𝒌𝑾𝒉𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔,𝑯] = (𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑯,𝒑𝒓𝒆

𝜼𝒃𝒂𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆,𝑯−

𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑯,𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒕

𝜼𝒊𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅,𝑯) × 𝑬𝑭𝑳𝑯𝑯 ×

𝟏 𝒌𝑾𝒉

𝟑, 𝟒𝟏𝟐 𝑩𝒕𝒖

For chillers:

𝑷𝒆𝒂𝒌 𝑫𝒆𝒎𝒂𝒏𝒅 [𝒌𝑾𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔] = (𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒓𝒆 × 𝜼𝒃𝒂𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆 − 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒕 × 𝜼𝒊𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅) × 𝑪𝑭

𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔 [𝒌𝑾𝒉𝑺𝒂𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔] = (𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒓𝒆 × 𝜼𝒃𝒂𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆 − 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝑪,𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒕 × 𝜼𝒊𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅) × 𝑬𝑭𝑳𝑯𝑪

Where:

CapC/H,pre = Rated equipment cooling/heating capacity of the existing equipment at AHRI

standard conditions

CapC/H,post = Rated equipment cooling/heating capacity of the newly installed equipment at

AHRI standard conditions

ηbaseline,C = Cooling efficiency of existing equipment (ER) or standard equipment

(ROB/NC)

ηinstalled,C = Rated cooling efficiency of the newly installed equipment (Must exceed baseline


ηbaseline,H = Heating efficiency of existing equipment (ER) or standard equipment

(ROB/NC)

ηinstalled,H = Rated heating efficiency of the newly installed equipment (Must exceed baseline


Note: For split system/packaged AC units use EER for kW savings calculations and SEER/IEER and COP

for kWh savings calculations. The COP expressed for units > 5.4 tons is a full-load COP. Heating

efficiencies expressed as HSPF will be approximated as a seasonal COP and should be converted using the

following equation:

𝐂𝐎𝐏 =𝐇𝐒𝐏𝐅

𝟑. 𝟒𝟏𝟐

CF = Summer peak coincidence factor for appropriate climate zone, building type, and

equipment type (Table 10 and Table 11 in Appendix A)

EFLHC/H = Cooling/heating equivalent full-load hours for appropriate climate zone, building

type, and equipment type [hours] (Table 10 and Table 11 in Appendix A)




15.3 Simplified M&V for Cooling Equipment

The simplified M&V procedure for cooling equipment involves collecting one year of consumption data

after the project is complete. To determine demand savings for new electric cooling equipment, the

maximum demand that occurs during the utility peak hours must be measured. This can be accomplished

with continuous demand metering or spot metering during peak conditions.

For gas engine-driven cooling equipment, the Sponsor must establish a “baseline” peak demand and

annual energy usage for a similarly sized electric chiller serving the exact same load. This can be done

two ways. The Sponsor can provide a year of measured data for a same size electric chiller installed in an

exactly identical facility, or with a computer model. The same requirements for any model discussed

elsewhere in this manual apply in this case. The Sponsor must establish the baseline to the satisfaction of

CenterPoint Energy.

15.3.1 Pre-Construction M&V Activities




Equipment Survey

As part of the application process, the Project Sponsor provides an inventory of all specified cooling

equipment by filling out the Cooling Equipment Inventory Form, available for downloading from the

program Web site at http://www.centerpointefficiency.com. The information provided should include:

equipment type

year

make/model

rated capacity

rated efficiency

operating schedule

operating sequence

Site Inspection

A pre-construction site inspection is generally not required, but in some cases—such as projects involving

additions to existing facilities—this inspection may be requested at CenterPoint Energy's discretion.

15.3.2 Post-Installation M&V Activities

Equipment Survey

After construction is complete, the Project Sponsor provides an updated Cooling Equipment Inventory

Form to CenterPoint Energy as part of the Installation Report (IR). This survey must include the same

information itemized above, and be accompanied by a description of the cooling equipment and its

location as well as mechanical design drawings.

The Project Sponsor also submits manufacturer documentation of the rated efficiency of all installed

cooling equipment, based on ARI test conditions. This documentation should be in the form of

http://www.centerpointefficiency.com/




manufacturer cut sheets or factory performance test results that show the full load performance of the

equipment.

Site Inspection

Either CenterPoint Energy or its contractor conducts a post-construction inspection to verify that the

specified equipment has been installed as reported and has been documented accurately.

Performance Monitoring

To verify the energy consumption (kWh) impacts of the higher efficiency cooling equipment, the Project

Sponsor collects consumption data, continuously, for a 12-month period. To verify the impacts on

demand (kW), the Project Sponsor measures demand for a one-hour period either through continuous

demand metering (at 15-minute intervals) or with spot measurements, conducted between the hours of 1

PM and 7 PM on weekdays during the months of June through September.

For electric-to-gas fuel switching cooling equipment, twelve months of post-installation gas usage is

required in the simple M&V procedure. In situations where the “baseline” equipment and new

construction equipment are not similar (water-cooled vs. air-cooled), the Sponsor must account for the

peak demand and annual energy usage of any auxiliary equipment.

15.3.3 Calculation of Demand and Energy Savings

High-efficiency Cooling Equipment

Project Sponsors can claim demand savings only for equipment that operates on weekdays between the

hours of 1 PM and 7 PM, Monday through Friday, during the months of June through September.


𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑 × (𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡

𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒− 1)

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑 × (𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡

𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒− 1) × (

𝐶𝐷𝐷(65)𝑇𝑀𝑌

𝐶𝐷𝐷(65)𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑)

Where:


period, kW


𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡=installed cooling equipment coefficient-of-performance at ARI design conditions

𝐶𝑂𝑃𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒= baseline cooling equipment coefficient-of-performance from Appendix A

𝐶𝐷𝐷(65)𝑇𝑀𝑌=cooling degree days (base 65 F) for a typical meteorological year for the National Climatic

Data Center station nearest the site. The value is available in Appendix A, Table A.9




𝐶𝐷𝐷(65)𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑= cooling degree days (base 65 F) determined for the metered period for the National

Climatic Data Center station nearest the site. The value is determined by CenterPoint

Energy based on the metering period start and stop dates.

15.4 Full Measurement for Cooling Equipment

The Full Measurement procedure for electric-to-electric cooling equipment replacement or savings

realized at the cooling equipment, due to control strategies, VAV modifications, building shell

improvements, etc, requires a building simulation. Any full measurement methods other than computer

simulation should be developed in accordance with the 2007 International Performance Measurement and

Inspection Protocol (IPMVP) and be approved by CenterPoint Energy. Computer Simulation Analysis for

measurement and verification of energy savings is used when the energy impacts of the energy efficiency

measures (EEMs) are too complex1 or too costly to analyze with traditional M&V methods. Situations

where computer-based building energy simulations may be appropriate include:








be found in the IPMVP. The Project Sponsor should take the following steps in performing Computer

Simulation Analysis M&V:















installed and operating properly) and possibly spot short-term or utility metering.










15.4.1 Baseline and Post-Retrofit Data Requirements

Simulation Software

To conduct Calibrated Simulation Analysis M&V, it is recommended that the Project Sponsor use the

most current version available of the DOE-2.1E hourly building simulation program. For projects with

small projected incentive payments, the Project Sponsor may use other models if the model can be shown

to adequately model the project site and the EEMs, can be calibrated to a high level of accuracy, and the


Weather Data






be used. Typical weather data used in the calculation of energy savings should be either Typical

Meteorological Year (TMY2) or TMY3 data types, obtained from the National Renewable Energy

Laboratory (NREL).

Develop a Calibrated Simulation Strategy

The following are issues that either the Project Sponsor or CenterPoint Energy will need to address in

order to define the simulation approach:

Define the baseline building. The baseline building represents the building with baseline equipment

efficiencies as specified by state or federal standards.



Define the calibration data interval. The building models should be calibrated using hourly, daily,

or monthly data. Calibrations to hourly or daily data are preferred to monthly data, since the former is

more accurate than the latter, due to more comparison points. If monthly project site billing data is

used, then spot or short-term data collection for calibrated key values may be used.








Building Data Collection

The main categories of data to be collected for the building and proposed EEMs are described below.

Building plans. The Project Sponsor should obtain as-built building plans. If as-built plans are not

available, the Project Sponsor should work with the building owner to define alternative sources.




Utility bills. The Project Sponsor should collect a minimum of twelve consecutive months

(preferably 24 months), with applicable dates of utility bills for the months immediately before

installation of the EEMs. The billing data should include monthly kWh consumption and peak electric

demand (kW) for the month. Fifteen minute or hourly data are also desired for calibration. The

Project Sponsor should determine if building systems are sub-metered, and collect these data if

available. If hourly data are required to calibrate the simulation, but no data are available, metering

equipment may need to be installed to acquire hourly data.

Conduct on-site surveys. CenterPoint Energy or its contractor will assist the Project Sponsor to

identify the necessary data to be collected from the building. The Project Sponsor should visit the

building site to collect the data. CenterPoint Energy or its contractor may accompany the Project

Sponsor during the building survey. Data that may be collected include:



HVAC systems - secondary equipment (e.g., air handling units, terminal boxes):













Interview operators. The Project Sponsor may choose to interview the building operator. Building

operators can provide much of the above listed information, and also indicate if any deviation in the

intended operation of building equipment exists.

Make spot measurements. The Project Sponsor may find it necessary to record power draw on

certain circuits (lighting, plug load, HVAC equipment, etc.) to determine actual equipment operation

power.





to several weeks.






Base Building Simulation Models

Once all necessary information is collected, the Project Sponsor should input the simulation data into

DOE-2 code to create the base building model. The modeler should refine the model to obtain the best





following:

Baseline equipment/systems models should not include devices (e.g., lamps and ballasts) that are not



equipment.







15.4.2 Calibration




use either monthly utility bills, or measured hourly data to calibrate the model when available. The

calibration process should be documented to show the results from initial runs and what changes were

made to bring the model into calibration. Statistical indices are calculated during the calibration process to

determine the accuracy of the model. If the model is not sufficiently calibrated, the modeler should revise

the parameters of the model and recalculate the statistics.



bias error (MBE) and the coefficient of variation of the root mean squared error (CV(RMSE))2.

Equations related with the calculation of MBE and CV (RMSE) is listed below. The acceptable tolerances

for these values when using hourly data calibration are shown in Table 30.












Where:






Where:





Value

MBEmonth 10%

CV(RMSEmonth) 30%





every month in the data set. Equations calculating the error in the monthly and annual energy

consumption are given below. The acceptable tolerances for these values when using monthly data

calibration are shown in Table 31.



Where:




𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟





Value

ERRmonth 25%

ERRyear 15%


After the measures are installed, a post-installation model can be prepared. The post-installation model

should usually be the baseline model with the substitution of new energy-efficient equipment and

systems. This new model should also be calibrated and documented. The possible calibration mechanisms

are:





Using utility (15 minute, hourly, or monthly) metering data to calibrate the model, as was done with





months) billing data are available. In some instances the post-installation model should be the only model

calibrated. This can occur when the baseline project site cannot be easily modeled due to significant

changes during the 12 months prior to the new measures being installed and thus the recent billing data

are not representative.





installation model is subtracted from energy consumption projected by the baseline model. Energy

savings are calculated by the following equation.

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 − 𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡

Where:

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = The kilowatt-hour savings realized during the year.

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 =The kilowatt-hour consumption of the baseline building operating under the same

conditions (weather, operation and occupancy schedules, etc.) as the post-installation

building.

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡 = The kilowatt-hour consumption of the post-installation building operating under the same

conditions (weather, operation and occupancy schedules, etc.) as the baseline building.




16. Measurement Guidelines for Constant Load Motor Measures

16.1 Overview

This chapter presents the simplified M&V approach for projects involving the installation of constant load

motors with efficiency ratings higher than those required by the applicable energy efficiency standard.

Examples of qualifying equipment include:

Constant load chilled water, hot water, or condenser water pumps

Constant speed exhaust, return, and supply fans without dampers or pressure controls

Single-speed cooling tower fans

Constant load industrial processes

Similar capacity, constant speed, energy efficiency motors

Project Sponsors should not use this approach if factors utilized to derive savings vary throughout the

year. Examples may include schedule changes and load changes.

If the project does not meet the above requirements, please refer to Chapter 18 for the appropriate M&V

approach.

Demand and energy savings for motor installations are based on post-construction peak demand (kW), the

motor operating hours, and the difference in efficiency between baseline and higher-efficiency motors.

The peak demand period is defined as weekdays, between the hours of 1 PM and 7 PM, from June 1

through September 30 (excluding holidays) or weekdays, from 6 AM to 10 AM and 6 PM to 10PM, from

December 1 through February 28. The operating hours are assumed to be the same for both baseline and

higher-efficiency motors.

Prescriptive rebates are available for the installation of premium efficiency motors. Savings values

can be obtained by completing the Premium Efficiency Motor Form.

Baseline motor efficiencies are listed in the Standard Motor Table in Appendix B of this document, which

is based on ASHRAE Standard 90.1m-1995. The Standard Motor Table is categorized by motor size and

rotation speed. The baselines for motors whose efficiencies are not listed in the table will be determined

on a case-by-case basis by CenterPoint Energy. The project sponsor must provide demonstrable proof that

energy efficiency was a key criterion in the motor-selection process in order to qualify for incentives. No

incentive payments are made for replacement motors with efficiencies equal to or less than the baseline

efficiency. In addition to having a higher efficiency than baseline motors, all new motors should meet

minimum equipment standards as defined by state and federal law.

16.2 Pre-Construction Activities

16.2.1 Equipment Survey

Project Sponsors should use the Motor and VSD Inventory form to record the following information for

each specified high-efficiency motor:

Motor name




Load served

Motor location

Operating schedule

Equipment manufacturer

Nameplate data including model, horsepower, and speed

16.2.2 Site Inspection



16.3 Post-Construction Activities

16.3.1 Equipment Survey

The Project Sponsor provides a post-construction equipment survey, similar to the pre-construction

equipment survey, to CenterPoint Energy as part of the Installation Report. The updated Motor and VSD

Inventory Form reflects the actual, as-built conditions of the project.

16.3.2 Motor Demand Measurement

The Project Sponsor performs spot measurements of the power draw (one-hour average values) of all the

high-efficiency motors installed, and includes these measurements in the Installation Report.

16.3.3 Calculation of Baseline Motor Demand

Equation below is used to determine what the demand would have been had a lower efficiency motor

been specified for installation.

𝑘𝑊𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 =

𝜂𝑝𝑟𝑒

𝜂𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒× 𝑘𝑊 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑

Where:

𝜂𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑒𝑑=specified motor efficiency

𝜂𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 = standard minimum motor efficiency

𝑘𝑊𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑= spot measured existing motor demand, kW

16.3.4 Site Inspection

After CenterPoint Energy receives an Installation Report, either CenterPoint Energy or its contractor

conducts a post-construction site inspection to verify that the equipment specifications have been

correctly reported by the Project Sponsor in the Installation Report. CenterPoint Energy will require the

Project Sponsor to make any necessary corrections to the Installation Report based on the results of the

inspection.




16.4 Calculation of Motor Operating Hours

After CenterPoint Energy approves the Installation Report, the Project Sponsor begins short-term

metering of motor operating hours. The metering must be conducted for a minimum period of one week,

or an amount of time sufficient to capture the full range of operation. Equation below is used to calculate

the annual operating hours using the metered data.

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 =𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑× 8760

Where:

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 = average annual operating hours

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛 = operating hours observed during the metering period

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑 = total number of hours in the metering period

16.5 Calculation of Peak Demand and Energy Savings

Project Sponsors can claim demand savings only for equipment that operates on weekdays between the

hours of 1 PM and 7 PM, Monday through Friday, from June 1 through September 30 (excluding

holidays).


𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑟𝑒 − 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑


Where:


𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑= Spot Measured New Motor Demand, kW


The Sponsor reports the peak demand and energy savings to CenterPoint Energy in the project Savings

Report.




17. Prescriptive Program: Premium Efficiency Motors

17.1 Qualifying Equipment

The installed premium efficiency motor must meet the NEMA efficiency standards listed in the table

below.

NEMA Full Load Efficiencies (%)

HP 1,200 RPM 1,800 RPM 3,600 RPM

ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC

1 82.50% 82.50% 85.50% 85.50% 77.00% 77.00%

1.5 86.50% 87.50% 86.50% 86.50% 84.00% 84.00%

2 87.50% 88.50% 86.50% 86.50% 85.50% 85.50%

3 88.50% 89.50% 89.50% 89.50% 85.50% 86.50%

5 89.50% 89.50% 89.50% 89.50% 86.50% 88.50%

7.5 90.20% 91.00% 91.00% 91.70% 88.50% 89.50%

10 91.70% 91.00% 91.70% 91.70% 89.50% 90.20%

15 91.70% 91.70% 93.00% 92.40% 90.20% 91.00%

20 92.40% 91.70% 93.00% 93.00% 91.00% 91.00%

25 93.00% 93.00% 93.60% 93.60% 91.70% 91.70%

30 93.60% 93.00% 94.10% 93.60% 91.70% 91.70%

40 94.10% 94.10% 94.10% 94.10% 92.40% 92.40%

50 94.10% 94.10% 94.50% 94.50% 93.00% 93.00%

60 94.50% 94.50% 95.00% 95.00% 93.60% 93.60%

75 94.50% 94.50% 95.00% 95.40% 93.60% 93.60%

100 95.00% 95.00% 95.40% 95.40% 93.60% 94.10%

125 95.00% 95.00% 95.40% 95.40% 94.10% 95.00%

150 95.40% 95.80% 95.80% 95.80% 94.10% 95.00%

200 95.40% 95.80% 95.80% 96.20% 95.00% 95.40%

17.2 Savings Calculations

The savings are calculated based on Equations below. The motor incentive form applies these equations

automatically to calculate savings for installation of premium efficiency motors.

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 0.746 × ℎ𝑝 × %𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑 × 𝐶𝐹 × (1

𝜂𝐸𝑃𝐴𝐶𝑇−

1

𝜂𝑁𝐸𝑀𝐴)


Where:



ℎ𝑝 =The horsepower of the motor

%𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑 =Stipulated %load of the motor




𝐶𝐹 =Stipulated coincident factor

𝜂𝐸𝑃𝐴𝐶𝑇=Baseline efficiency standard. Based on 1992 EPACT standards

𝜂𝑁𝐸𝑀𝐴=New motor efficiency standard. Based on NEMA premium efficiency standards

𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙= Stipulated Operating hours. Different values for C&I applications




18. Measurement and Verification for Generic Variable Loads

18.1 Overview

High-efficiency end-use systems that exhibit variable energy demand or operating hours may require

continuous metering to measure and verify energy savings. Examples of such projects are constructions

that involve:

building automation systems

industrial process equipment or systems

chiller plant optimization, including chillers, cooling towers, pumps, etc.

The use of continuous metering for measurement and verification (M&V) of variable loads normally

involves four steps:

1. Reviewing the pre-construction system(s). As with all M&V methods, the Project Sponsor must

review plans and specifications to document relevant components (e.g., piping and ductwork

diagrams, control sequences, and operating parameters).

2. Establishing a baseline model (e.g., an equation that determines energy use when key independent

variables are known). All, or a representative sample, of the systems should be modeled to

establish regression-based equations or curves for defining baseline system energy use as a

function of appropriate variables (e.g., weather or cooling load).

3. Monitoring energy use and/or independent variables such as weather. Monitoring can be done

continuously throughout a full year or for representative periods of time during each performance

year.

4. Determining the savings by subtracting the post-construction energy use from the baseline energy

use (as indicated in the baseline model).

The M&V method described here is based on Option B of the 2007 International Performance

Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP). More details on this method can be found in the

IPMVP.

18.2 Documenting Baseline Characteristics

To establish the baseline characteristics of the new-construction systems, the following steps are taken:

1. The Project Sponsor conducts a pre-construction equipment inventory.

2. Either CenterPoint Energy or its contractor conducts a pre-construction inspection, if necessary.

3. The Project Sponsor develops a baseline energy consumption model.

18.2.1 Pre-Construction Equipment Survey

The Project Sponsor is required to conduct a pre-construction equipment survey, which is part of the

Project Application. The equipment survey itemizes all specified equipment involved in the project. For

each piece of equipment, the survey should list (as applicable) the location, manufacturer, model number,

rated capacity, energy use factors (such as voltage, rated amperage, MBtu/hr, fixture wattage), nominal

efficiency, load served, and any independent variables that affect system energy consumption.




18.2.2 Pre-Construction Inspection



18.2.3 Baseline Model Development

The energy use of most projects is influenced by independent variables. For such projects, the Project

Sponsor must develop a model (typically using regression techniques) that links independent-variable

data to energy use. The Project Sponsor must include an explanation of the methodologies used for

creating such a model in the Project Application for CenterPoint Energy's review.

Project Sponsors should use manufacturer-supplied performance data for equipment that meets the

minimum requirements of code to establish a relationship between independent variables and energy use.

This relationship is known as the “Baseline System Model” and will likely take the form of an equation.

Regression analysis is typically used to develop such an equation, although other mathematical methods

may be approved. If regression analysis is used, it must be demonstrated that that the model is statistically

valid.

The criteria for establishing statistical validity of the model are:

The model makes intuitive sense; that is, the explanatory variables are reasonable, and the

coefficients have the expected sign (positive or negative) and are within an expected range

(magnitude).

The modeled data represent the population.

The model’s form conforms to standard statistical practice and modeling techniques for the system in

question.

The number of coefficients is appropriate for the number of observations.

The T-statistic for each term in the regression equation is equal to at least 2 (indicates with 95%

confidence that the associated regression coefficient is not zero). The regression R2 is at least 80%.

All data entered into the model are thoroughly documented and model limits (range of independent


The Project Sponsor includes the data used in model development in the Project Application or

Installation Report. Either CenterPoint Energy or its contractor makes a final determination on the

validity of models and monitoring plans and may request additional documentation, analysis, or metering.


The baseline model must comply with all applicable federal and state energy standards and codes. If any

existing equipment that will be part of the project (as may be the case in a new-construction addition to an

existing building) does not meet the applicable standards, the Project Sponsor must document how the

baseline model will be adjusted to account for the standards. In general, however, the M&V plan should

document that the

Baseline equipment characterization meets prescriptive efficiency standards requirements for affected

equipment (e.g., ASHRAE Standard 90.1).




Baseline need not comply with performance compliance methods that require the project site to meet

an energy budget.

Minimum state and federal energy efficiency standards or codes must be incorporated into the

baseline.

18.3 Documenting Post-Construction Characteristics

When construction is complete, the following steps are taken:

1. The Project Sponsor updates the equipment inventory.

2. Either CenterPoint Energy or its contractor conducts an inspection.

3. The Project Sponsor conducts any necessary data collection.

18.3.1 Post-Construction Equipment Survey

The Project Sponsor is required to conduct a post-construction equipment survey to be submitted as part

of the Installation Report. This equipment survey documents the equipment that was actually installed.

For each piece of equipment, the survey should list (as applicable) the location, manufacturer, model

number, rated capacity, energy use factors (such as voltage, rated amperage, MBtu/hr, wattage), nominal

efficiency, load served, and any independent variables that affect system energy consumption.

18.3.2 Post-Construction Inspection

Either CenterPoint Energy or its contractor conducts an inspection to verify that the Project Sponsor has

properly documented the installed equipment. After the inspection, CenterPoint Energy either accepts or

rejects the Installation Report based on the inspection results and project review.

18.3.3 Post-Construction Data Collection

The Project Sponsor must monitor one or both of the following variables simultaneously:



System energy consumption. Energy demand (kW) of installed equipment, metered over a time

period representative of the full range of system operation.

The variable(s) monitored depend on the variable(s) modeled in the Baseline System Model.


There are two approaches for calculating demand and energy savings from generic variable load projects.

Both approaches require baseline modeling (as previously discussed) and post-construction metering.

The first approach requires continuous metering of demand and the independent variables used in the

baseline model. Post-construction variable data are used with the baseline model to calculate baseline

energy use.

The second approach involves developing a post-construction model from short-term metering of demand

and continuous metering of independent variables. Data from continuous metered post-construction




variables are then used in the baseline and post-construction models to calculate baseline and post-

construction energy use.

18.4.1 First Approach: Metering Post-Construction Energy Use and Variables

To calculate energy savings using the first approach, the Project Sponsor monitors demand and the same

independent variables that were used for the System Baseline Model. The Project Sponsor then inputs the

post-construction independent variable data to the System Baseline Model and compares post-

construction energy use with baseline energy use. Demand and energy savings, over a single observation

interval, are calculated using Equations below.

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒,𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑎𝑥

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = ∑(𝑘𝑊𝑏𝑎𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒,𝑖– 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡−𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑑,𝑖)

𝑛

𝑖=1

Where:

𝑘𝑊𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = maximum baseline equipment demand occurring during utility peak coincident load

period

𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = maximum, post-installation equipment demand occurring during utility peak coincident

load period

𝒌𝑾𝒃𝒂𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆,𝒊= baseline kW calculated from Baseline Model and corresponding to same time interval 𝒊,

system output, weather, etc., conditions as 𝒌𝑾𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒕,𝒊

𝒌𝑾𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒕−𝒎𝒆𝒂𝒔𝒖𝒓𝒆𝒅,𝒊= measured kW obtained through continuous, or representative period, post-installation

metering

18.4.2 Second Approach: Metering Post-Construction Variables

To calculate energy savings using the second approach, the Project Sponsor must first develop a Post-

Construction System Model for use as a proxy for direct post-construction energy use measurement.

Then, the Project Sponsor monitors the relevant independent variables and uses that data to estimate post-

construction energy use. Once the post-construction energy use is estimated, energy savings over the

course of a single observation interval will be calculated using the following Equations below.

𝑘𝑊𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒,𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑎𝑥

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = ∑(𝑘𝑊𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒,𝑖– 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑖)

𝑛

𝑖=1

Where:

𝑘𝑊𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = maximum, baseline equipment demand occurring during utility peak coincident load

period




𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑚𝑎𝑥 = maximum, post-installation equipment demand occurring during utility peak coincident

load period

𝒌𝑾𝒃𝒂𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆,𝒊= Baseline kW calculated from Baseline Model and corresponding to same time interval 𝒊,




installation period

For a particular observation interval, the monitored data must be applied to the Baseline System Model

and to the Post-Construction System Model to determine the baseline-system energy and post-

construction system energy input. The modeled-system post-construction is then subtracted from the

baseline energy input value. Energy savings are determined by multiplying this difference by the length of

the observation interval.


Specific M&V issues that need to be addressed for generic variable load projects include:

Determination of post-construction metering approach—i.e., metering of energy use or post-

construction variables.

Modeling methodology for Baseline System Model and Post-Construction Model (if used).

Identification of appropriate independent variables.

Duration of post-construction metering.




19. Measurement and Verification Using Calibrated Simulation Analysis

19.1 Overview

This section outlines the use of computer simulation analysis for measurement and verification of new

construction energy savings. Computer simulation analysis should be used when the energy impacts of

the energy efficiency measures are too complex6 or too costly to analyze with traditional M&V methods.

Computer-based building energy simulations are appropriate for constructions in which

A building energy management or control system is specified

The degree of interaction among multiple measures is either unknown or too difficult or costly to

measure.

The measures involve improvements that primarily affect building load—e.g., thermal insulation,

low-emissivity windows

Conducting simulation analysis is often a time-consuming and expensive task, and the costs associated

with this approach may be prohibitive in some instances. Also, building simulation software programs are

not always capable of modeling every type or combination of energy efficiency measures.

The approach described here is based, in part, on Option D of the 2001 International Performance

Measurement and Verification Protocol (IPMVP). More information on computer simulation analysis can

be found in the IPMVP.

This approach requires that the Project Sponsor

1. Work with CenterPoint Energy to define a strategy for creating a calibrated building simulation

model in the project-specific M&V plan.

2. Collect the required data from architectural drawings, mechanical plans, equipment schedules,

and equipment submittals.


4. Run the simulation program for the “as-built” high-performance building model. The “as-built”

building is the newly constructed building with all energy efficiency measures installed.

5. Calibrate the model by comparing its output with measured data. The weather data for the model

should be the actual weather occurring during the metering period. Refine the model until the

program’s output is within acceptable tolerances of the measured data.

6. Run the calibrated as-built model using typical weather data to normalize the results.

7. Repeat the process for the baseline building model. The baseline building model is the newly

constructed building with specifications that reflect applicable minimum performance values

(from ASHRAE 90.1 1999 or from the minimum state and federal energy standards, whichever

are more efficient).

8. Calculate the savings by subtracting the as-built results from the baseline results. CenterPoint

Energy reviews and verifies the savings estimates and simulation results.







19.2 Software Selection

CenterPoint Energy recommends that the Project Sponsor use the most current version available of the

DOE-2.1E hourly building simulation program. For projects with small projected incentive payments, the

Project Sponsor may use another program, provided that the program can be shown to adequately model

the building, the system or equipment installations can be calibrated to a high level of accuracy, and the


19.3 Developing a Calibrated Simulation Strategy

A sound approach to measuring and verifying your savings using computer simulation analysis must

include the activities listed below. The Project Sponsor and CenterPoint Energy should confer on the best

approach to each activity.

Employ an experienced building modeling professional. Although new simulation software packages

make much of the process easier, a program’s capabilities and real data requirements are not fully

understood by inexperienced users. Employing an experienced modeler can save a significant amount

of time.

Define the baseline building. In general, the baseline building represents the building, as it would

have been built, had minimum standard equipment been installed instead of the high-efficiency

equipment.

Define the as-built building, which represents the building as it was constructed, with all the installed

high-efficiency equipment and systems.

Define the calibration interval. The as-built model should be calibrated using hourly, daily, or

monthly data. Calibrations to hourly or daily data are preferred because there are more data points to

compare. If monthly billing data are used, then spot or short-term data measurements for calibrated

key values may be used.




19.4 Data Collection

The volume of data required for simulating a real building is significant. The Project Sponsor needs to

collect data from the following sources:

As-built building plans. The Project Sponsor should work with the building owner to gather as-built

building plans.

Utility bills. The Project Sponsor should collect utility bills for a minimum of twelve consecutive

months following construction. The billing data should include monthly consumption (kWh) and

peak electric demand (kW), preferably in fifteen-minute or hourly intervals (for optimal calibration).

If interval data are not available, the Project Sponsor may need to arrange for the installation of

metering equipment to collect the necessary data. Also, the Project Sponsor should determine if

building systems are sub-metered, and collect these data if available.

Conduct on-site surveys and reviews of mechanical plans. CenterPoint Energy helps the Project

Sponsor establish which data must be collected. The Project Sponsor should visit the site to verify the




accuracy of the mechanical plan data. CenterPoint Energy may accompany the Project Sponsor

during this survey. Depending on the project, the Project Sponsor should collect data for

primary HVAC equipment (e.g. chillers and boilers): capacity, number, model and serial

numbers, operation schedules

secondary HVAC equipment (e.g., air handling units, terminal boxes): fan sizes and types,

motor sizes and efficiencies, design flow rates and static pressures, duct system types,

economizer operation and control

HVAC controls, including the location of zones, temperature set-points, control set-points


building envelope and thermal mass: dimensions and type of interior and exterior walls,

properties of windows, and building orientation and shading

lighting systems: number and types of lamps, with nameplate data for lamps and ballasts,

lighting schedules

plug loads: summarize major and typical plug loads for assigning values per zone

occupancy: population counts, occupation schedules in different zones

other major energy consuming loads: type (industrial process, air compressors, water heaters,

elevators), energy consumption, schedules of operation.

Interview operators. Building operators can provide much of the above listed information and can

also inform on any deviation in the intended operation of equipment.

Make spot measurements. To determine the actual power draw of operating equipment, the Project

Sponsor may find it necessary to meter certain circuits (lighting, plug load, HVAC equipment).

Conduct short-term measurements. Data-logging equipment may be set up to record system data as

they vary over time. These measurements may involve lighting systems, HVAC systems, and motors.

The period of measurement should be from one to several weeks.

Obtain weather data. Calibrating a computer simulation of a real building for a specific year

requires the use of actual weather data in the analysis. Actual weather data should be collected from a

source such as National Climatic Data Center (NCDC) weather station data. The physical location of

the weather station should be the closest available to the project site. These data should be translated

into weather data files that are compatible with DOE-2. In the M&V plan, the Project Sponsor should

specify which weather data sources will be used.

Typical weather data used in the calculation of energy savings should be either Typical

Meteorological Year (TMY) or TMY2 data types, obtained from the National Renewable Energy

Laboratory (NREL).

19.5 Building Simulation Models

Once all necessary information is collected, the Project Sponsor inputs the data into DOE-2 code to create

the as-built model. The modeler should refine the model to obtain the best representation of the as-built

building. Where possible, the modeler should use measured data and real building information to verify or

replace the program’s default values.




19.5.1 Calibration

After the as-built model is created and debugged, the modeler should make a comparison of the energy

flows and demand projected by the model to that of the utility data. All utility billing data should be used

in the analysis, electric as well as heating fuels, such as natural gas. The modeler may use either monthly

utility bills, or measured hourly data to calibrate the model when available.

The modeler should document the calibration process to show the results from initial runs and what

changes were made to bring the model into calibration. Statistical indices are calculated during the

calibration process to determine the accuracy of the model. If the model is not sufficiently calibrated, the

modeler should revise the parameters of the model and recalculate the statistics.

19.5.2 Hourly Data Calibration

In hourly calibration, two statistical indices are required to declare a model calibrated: monthly mean bias

error (MBE) and the coefficient of variation of the root mean squared error (CV(RMSE))7. Equations

below Error are used to calculate MBE and CV(RMSE).

MBE (%) =∑ (M − S)hrmonth

∑ Mhrmonth × 100

Where:

Mhr = the measured kWh for any hour during the month

Shr = the simulated kWh for any hour during the month

CVE (RMSEmonth) =√∑ (M − S)2

hr × Nhr month

∑ Mhrmonth × 100

Where:

Mhr = the measured kWh for any hour during the month

Shr = the simulated kWh for any hour during the month

Nhr = the number of hours in the month

The acceptable tolerances for these values when using hourly data calibration are shown in Table 32.











Value

MBEmonth 10%

CV(RMSEmonth) 30%

19.5.3 Monthly Data Calibration

Comparing simulated energy use to monthly utility bills is straightforward. First, the model is developed

and run using weather data that correspond to the monthly utility billing periods. Next, monthly simulated

energy consumption and monthly measured data are plotted against each other for every month in the data

set. Equations below are used to calculate the error in the monthly and annual energy consumption,

respectively.

ERRmonth(%) =(M − S)month

Mmonth × 100

Where:

Mmonth = the measured kWh for the month

Smonth = the simulated kWh for the month

ERRyear = ∑ ERRmonth

year


Value

ERRmonth 25%

ERRyear 15%

19.5.4 Baseline Models

After calibrated simulation of the as-built model, the baseline model can be prepared. The baseline model

is usually the as-built model with the substitution of minimum energy standards for equipment and

systems. This new baseline model should also be documented.

19.5.5 Minimum Energy Standards


following:

Baseline equipment/systems should not include devices (such as lamps and ballasts) that are not

allowed under current regulations.




Baseline equipment models should meet prescriptive efficiency standards for affected equipment.

These requirements are found local/federal energy codes. The applicable standard requiring the

highest efficiency should be used.




Energy savings are determined from the difference between the outputs of the baseline and as-built

models. Savings are determined with both models using the same conditions (weather, occupancy

schedules, etc.). To calculate savings, the energy consumption projected by the as-built model is

subtracted from energy consumption projected by the baseline model.

𝑘𝑊ℎ𝑠𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑑 = ∑(𝑘𝑊𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒,𝑖– 𝑘𝑊𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑡,𝑖)

𝑛

𝑖=1

Where:

𝒌𝑾𝒃𝒂𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆,𝒊= Baseline kW calculated from Baseline Model and corresponding to same time interval 𝒊,




installation period


Project Sponsors who are using the computer simulation analysis approach must include the following in

their project-specific M&V plans:

Identification of which version of DOE-2 is will be used, who will supply the program, and what, if

any, pre- and post-processors will be used.

As-built building description (age square footage, location, etc.) including a description of building

systems that have been upgraded to high-efficiency.

Description of any building operation conditions (set-points, schedules, etc.) that are affected by the

energy efficiency specifications.

Documentation of incorporation of state and federal standards in the baseline model.

Documentation of the calibrated simulation strategy and project procedure, including differences in

calibration parameters between the baseline and as-built cases.

A summary of the building data to be collected and sources (e.g., site surveys, drawings).

Identification of spot and short-term measurements to be made.

Selection of the calibration data interval (should be hourly or monthly).




Identification and source of weather data used (NCDC weather station or typical weather data).

Identification of the statistical calibration tolerances and graphical techniques to be used.

Indication of who will perform the simulation analysis and calibration.

Specification of format for documentation.

Program Manual v 16 Appendix


CenterPoint Energy Appendix - 138 -

Appendix Section 4.

These appendices include tables of minimum equipment efficiency standards for cooling, lighting, and

motors, as well as other supplemental information about the program. This information is also available

on the program Web site at https://centerpoint.anbetrack.com/




A. Standard Cooling Equipment Tables

A.1 Overview

This document contains reference data for estimating demand and energy savings for cooling equipment

in the C&I Standard Offer Program. The data are equipment efficiency standards or climate data that will

be used to develop the baseline system models and to evaluate savings for all projects under the C&I

Standard Offer Program.

Cooling equipment installed under the program must exceed the minimum new equipment efficiency

standards shown in the tables. In addition, the minimum baseline efficiencies define the baseline for

calculating energy savings. The guidelines in Section III (M&V Guidelines), Chapter 3 (Guidelines for

Cooling Equipment) describe the application of these equipment efficiency standards and coefficient

tables for estimating baseline demand and energy use and cooling equipment demand and energy savings.

For the following types of cooling equipment, baseline efficiency ratings are provided in Table A.1

through Table A.8 below:

Unitary air conditioners and heat pumps (air cooled, evaporative cooled, or water cooled)

Packaged-terminal air conditioners and heat pumps

Room air conditioners and heat pumps

Water-source and ground-water source heat pumps

Water- and air-cooled water chilling packages

Table A.1 through Table A.8 present the minimum efficiencies of particular types of cooling equipment.

The performance standard data in these tables should be used to determine the rated baseline equipment

efficiencies. The baseline for equipment for which rating conditions are not provided shall be defined as

the energy consumption of the actual existing equipment.

Table A.9 Of this document presents the cooling degree-days (CDD) for a weather station located in the

CenterPoint Energy distribution service territory. Cooling degree-day data are used to normalize metered

energy consumption to a typical meteorological year (TMY3). M&V Guideline 3 describes the

application of weather data for estimating baseline energy use and cooling equipment energy savings.

Table A.10 provides the coefficients necessary to complete the air-conditioning equipment deemed

savings calculation described in Section III, Chapter 3.

Tables A.11-13 present baselines for early retirement projects. Early retirement projects must involve

replacement of a working system. Baseline efficiency will be estimated according to the capacity, type

(package or split, heat pump or air conditioner), and year of manufacture of the replaced system. Baseline

efficiency levels for air conditioners are provided in Table A.10, and for heat pumps in Table A.11, for

systems installed between 1990 and 2007.



A.2 Tables

Table A.1 : Standard rating conditions and minimum performance for unitary air conditioners and

heat pumps, air cooled, electric, <135,000 Btu/hr (< 11.25 tons) capacity for new construction and

replace on burnout, - Except packaged terminal and room air conditioners.

Mode

Cooling Capacity Minimum

Performance

Standard8 Btu/hr tons

Air

Conditioner

< 65,000 < 5.42 13 SEER

65,000 & < 135,000 5.42 & < 11.25 11 EER

135,000 & < 240,000 11.25 & < 20 10.8 EER

240,000 & < 760,000 20 & < 63.3 9.8 EER

760,000 63.3 9.5 EER

Heat Pump

< 65,000 < 5.42 13 SEER

65,000 & < 135,000 5.42 & < 11.25 10.8 EER

135,000 & < 240,000 11.25 & < 20 10.4 EER

240,000 20 9.3 EER

† *For all air conditioners and heat pumps larger than 5.4 tons, the minimum efficiency levels provided in this table are reduced by 0.2 from the

values published in the referenced sources, in accordance with the footnotes to those tables, allowing this reduction for systems with heating

section other than electric resistance heat.

8 Reference: Texas Resource Manual Volume 3



Table A.2 : Standard rating conditions and minimum performance for unitary air conditioners and

heat pumps – evaporative cooled, electric, <135,000 Btuh (< 11.25 tons) cooling capacity.

Cooling Capacity Rating indoor

air F db / F wb

Rating outdoor air

F db/F wb

Baseline

Performance

Standard9

Minimum

Performance

Standard10

Btuh tons

< 65,000 < 5.42 80/67 95/75 9.3 EER 12.1 EER

65,000 &

< 135,000

5.42

& <

11.25

80/67 95/75 10.5 EER† 11.5 EER

†

† Deduct 0.2 from the required EERs for units with a heating section other than electric resistance heat.

Table A.3: Standard rating conditions and minimum performance for water-cooled air

conditioners and heat pumps, electric, <135,000 Btuh (< 11.25 tons) capacity.

Equipment

Cooling

capacity,

BTU/h

Rating

Condition,

air F db / F

wb

Rating

Condition,

entering

water F

Baseline

Performance

Standard11

Minimum

Performance

Standard12

Water cooled heat

pumps

< 65,000 80/67

85 9.3 EER -

86 - 12.0 EER†

75 10.2 EER

65,000 and

<135,000 80/67

85 10.5 EER -

86 - 12.0 EER

Water cooled heat

pumps (Heating

Mode)

< 135,000 70/60 70 3.8 COP

68 4.2 COP

Ground water

cooled heat pumps

(Cooling Mode)

< 135,000 80/67

70 11.0 EER -

59 11.1 EER 16.2 EER

80/67 50 11.5 EER

Ground water

cooled heat pumps

(Heating Mode)

< 135,000 70/60 70 3.4 COP

70/60 50 3.0 COP 3.6 COP

Water cooled

unitary air

conditioners

< 65,000 80/67 85 9.3 EER -

86 - 12.1 EER

65,000 and

<135,000 80/67

85 10.5 EER -

86 - 11.5 EER††

† For units with capacities less than 17,000 Btu/h, the minimum efficiency is 11.2 EER.

†† Deduct 0.2 from the required EERs for units with a heating section other than electric resistance heat.

9 Reference: ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989, Table 10-2.

10 Reference: ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1999, Table 6.2.1.A.

11 Reference: ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989, Table 10-3 and Table 10-5.

12 Reference: ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1999, Table 6.2.1.B.



Table A.4: Standard rating conditions and minimum performance for packaged terminal air

conditioners and heat pumps, air-cooled, electric for new construction and replace on burnout

Equipment Category Cooling

Capacity [Btuh]

Energy Conservation

Standards (Cooling)

PTAC

Standard Size

<7,000 11.7 EER

7,000-15,000 13.8 − (0.300 𝑥 𝐶𝑎𝑝

1000) EER

>15,000 9.3 EER

Non-Standard Size

<7,000 9.4 EER

7,000-15,000 10.9 − (0.213 𝑥 𝐶𝑎𝑝

1000) EER

>15,000 7.7 EER

PTHP

Standard Size

<7,000 11.9 EER

7,000-15,000 14.0 − (0.300 𝑥 𝐶𝑎𝑝

1000) EER

>15,000 9.5 EER

Non-Standard Size

<7,000 9.3 EER

7,000-15,000 10.8 − (0.213 𝑥 𝐶𝑎𝑝

1000) EER

>15,000 7.6 EER † Cap is the rated cooling capacity of the unit in Btu/h. If the unit’s capacity is greater than 15,000 Btu/h, use 15,000 Btu/h in the calculation.

Table A.5: Standard rating conditions and minimum performance for room air conditioners and

room air conditioner heat pumps, electric for new construction and replace on burnout

Category Capacity, BTUH

Minimum

Performance

Standard

(EER)13

Without reverse cycle and with

louvered sides

< 8,000 11.0

8,000 and <14,000 10.9

14,000 and <20,000 10.7

20,000 and <25,000 9.4

25,000 9.0

Without reverse cycle and

without louvered sides

< 8,000 10.0

8,000 and <11,000 9.6

11,000 and <14,000 9.5

14,000 and <20,000 9.3

20,000 9.4

With reverse cycle and with

louvered sides

< 20,000 9.8

20,000 9.3

With reverse cycle and without

louvered sides

< 14,000 9.3

14,000 8.7

13

Reference: Reference: Texas Resource Manual Volume 3



Table A.6: Baseline and minimum performance standards for large unitary air conditioners and

heat pumps, electric, 135,000 Btuh ( 11.25 tons) capacity except for air cooled equipment (see

Table A.1 above).

Equipment Type Cooling Capacity

Baseline

Performance

Standard14

Minimum

Performance

Standard15

Btuh tons EER EER

Water or

evaporatively cooled

air conditioners

135,000 11.25 9.6 11.0

Water or

evaporatively cooled

condensing units

135,000 11.25 12.9 13.1

† Deduct 0.2 from the required EERs for units with a heating section other than electric resistance heat.

ton

kW

EERWatt

kW

hrton

Btu

Btu

hrWatt

EERton

kWePerformanc

out

out

12

000,1

1*000,12*

1

Table A.7: Minimum performance standards for water chilling packages, electric for new

construction and replace on burnout.

Equipment Type

Cooling

Capacity

(tons)

Minimum Performance

Standard16

COP

Water cooled,

(screw, scroll)

<75 0.780 kW/ton

75 and <150 0.775 kW/ton

150 and <300 0.680 kW/ton

300 and <600 0.620 kW/ton

600 0.620 kW/ton

Water cooled

(centrifugal)

<75 0.634 kW/ton

75 and <150 0.634 kW/ton

150 and <300 0.634 kW/ton

300 and <600 0.576 kW/ton

600 0.570 kW/ton

Air Cooled

(centrifugal/ccrew/scroll)

<75 9.562 EER

75 and <150 9.562 EER

150 and <300 9.562 EER

300 and <600 9.562 EER

600 9.562 EER

ton

kW

COPBtu

kWh

hrton

Btu

Btu

Btu

COPton

kWePerformanc

in

out

out

in 517.3

412,3

1*000,12*

1

14

Reference: ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989, Table 10-6, 17a New Federal guidelines 15

Reference: ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1999, Table 6.2.1.A and Table 6.2.1.B, 18a New Federal guidelines 16

Reference: Reference: Texas Resource Manual Volume 3



Table A.8: Standard rating conditions and minimum performance for water chilling packages, gas

absorption

Equipment Type Cooling

Capacity

Baseline

Performance

Standard17

(COP)

Minimum

Performance

Standard18

(COP)

Air-cooled absorption, single-effect All capacities 0.48 0.60

Water-cooled absorption, single-effect All capacities 0.60 0.70

Absorption double effect, indirect-fired All capacities 0.95 1.00

Absorption double effect, direct-fired All capacities 0.95 1.00

Table A.9: TMY3 Cooling Degree Days (base 65) for the CenterPoint Energy service territory

Weather Station CDD65

(oF day)

Houston 2,700

17

Reference: ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1999, Table 6.2.1.C. 18

Reference: ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1999, Table 6.2.1.C.


CenterPoint Energy Appendix Section

3. - 145 -

Table A.10: Deemed savings coefficients for the Houston, TX climate for various building types and

package and split DX system types.

Building Type Principal Building Activity

Package and Split DX

Air Conditioner Heat Pump

CF EFLHC CF EFLHC EFLHH

Education

College 0.85 2,175 -- -- --

Primary School 0.84 1,265 0.84 1,265 279

Secondary School 0.96 1,396 0.96 1,396 193

Food Sales Convenience 0.88 4,168 -- -- --

Supermarket 0.73 1,325 0.73 1,325 384

Food Service Full-Service Restaurant 0.86 1,881 0.86 1,881 591

Quick-Service Restaurant 0.85 1,536 0.85 1,536 316

Healthcare Hospital 0.94 4,676 0.94 4,676 1,239

Outpatient Healthcare 0.82 3,116 0.82 3,116 167

Large Multifamily Midrise Apartment 0.98 1,797 0.98 1,797 244

Lodging

Large Hotel 0.95 3,327 0.95 3,327 766

Nursing Home 0.84 2,368 -- -- --

Small Hotel/Motel 0.81 2,537 0.81 2,537 462

Mercantile Stand-Alone Retail 0.91 1,437 0.91 1,437 200

Strip Mall 0.93 1,456 0.93 1,456 182

Office

Large Office 0.88 1,903 0.88 1,903 281

Medium Office 0.75 1,357 0.75 1,357 287

Small Office 0.85 1,445 0.85 1,445 74

Public Assembly Public Assembly 0.86 2,559 -- -- --

Religious Worship Religious Worship 0.87 2,028 -- -- --

Service Service 0.87 2,429 -- -- --

Warehouse Warehouse 0.81 545 0.81 545 523

Other Other 0.73 545 0.73 545 74


CenterPoint Energy Appendix Section 3. - 146 -

Table A.11: Deemed savings coefficients for the Houston, TX climate for various building types and

chiller system types.

Building Type Principal Building

Activity

Chiller

Air Cooled Water Cooled

Demand

Coefficients

Energy

Coefficients

Demand

Coefficients

Energy

Coefficients

Education College 0.80 1,858 0.84 2,099

Secondary School 0.78 1,297 0.82 1,726

Food Sales Supermarket -- -- 0.88 3,012

Healthcare Hospital 0.82 3,753 0.81 4,708

Lodging Large Hotel 0.76 2,690 0.82 3,475

Nursing Home 0.80 1,960 0.84 2,172

Office Large Office 0.79 1,680 0.82 2,185

Public Assembly Public Assembly 0.81 2,264 0.86 2,482

Religious Worship Religious Worship 0.83 1,474 0.84 1,594

Other Other 0.76 1,297 0.81 1,594



Table A.12: Baseline Efficiency of Air Conditioners Replaced via Early Retirement

Split

System

< 5.4 tons

Package

System

< 5.4 tons

All Systems

5.4 – 11.25

tons

All Systems

11.25 – 20

tons

All Systems

20 – 63.3

tons

All Systems

> 63.3. tons

(SEER) (SEER) (EER) (EER) (EER) (EER)

1990 10 9.7 8.9 8 8 7.8

1991 10 9.7 8.9 8 8 7.8

1992 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8

1993 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8

1994 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8

1995 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8

1996 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8

1997 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8

1998 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8

1999 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8

2000 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8

2001 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8

2002 10 9.7 10.1 9.5 9.3 9

2003 10 9.7 10.1 9.5 9.3 9

2004 10 9.7 10.1 9.5 9.3 9

2005 10 9.7 10.1 9.5 9.3 9

2006 13 13 10.1 9.5 9.3 9

2007 13 13 10.1 9.5 9.3 9

2008 13 13 10.1 9.5 9.3 9

2009 13 13 10.1 9.5 9.3 9

2010 13 13 11 10.8 9.8 9.5



Table A.13: Baseline Efficiency of Heat Pumps Replaced via Early Retirement

Split

System

< 5.4 tons

Package

System

< 5.4 tons

All Systems

5.4 – 11.25 tons

All Systems

11.25 – 20 tons

All Systems

20 – 63.3 tons

All Systems

> 63.3. tons

(SEER) (SEER) (EER) (EER) (EER) (EER)

1990 10 9.7 8.9 8 8 7.8

1991 10 9.7 8.9 8 8 7.8

1992 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8.5

1993 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8.5

1994 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8.5

1995 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8.5

1996 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8.5

1997 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8.5

1998 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8.5

1999 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8.5

2000 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8.5

2001 10 9.7 8.9 8.3 8.3 8.5

2002 10 9.7 9.9 9.1 8.8 8.8

2003 10 9.7 9.9 9.1 8.8 8.8

2004 10 9.7 9.9 9.1 8.8 8.8

2005 10 9.7 9.9 9.1 8.8 8.8

2006 13 13 9.9 9.1 8.8 8.8

2007 13 13 9.9 9.1 8.8 8.8

2008 13 13 9.9 9.1 8.8 8.8

2009 13 13 9.9 9.1 8.8 8.8

2010 13 13 10.8 10.4 9.3 9.3



Table A.14: Baseline Efficiency of Electric Chillers Replaced via Early Retirement

Air Cooled

< 150 tons

Air Cooled

≥ 150 tons

Water Cooled

Centrifugal

<150 tons

Water Cooled

Centrifugal

> 150 to < 300

tons

Water

Cooled

Centrifugal

> 300 tons

Water

Cooled

Screw/Scroll

<150 tons

Water

Cooled

Screw/Scroll

> 150 to <

300 tons

Water

Cooled

Screw/Scroll

> 300 tons

EER EER kW/ton kW/ton kW/ton kW/ton kW/ton kW/ton

1990 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

1991 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

1992 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

1993 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

1994 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

1995 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

1996 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

1997 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

1998 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

1999 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

2000 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

2001 9.212 8.530 0.925 0.837 0.748 0.925 0.837 0.748

2002 9.554 9.554 0.703 0.634 0.576 0.79 0.718 0.639

2003 9.554 9.554 0.703 0.634 0.576 0.79 0.718 0.639

2004 9.554 9.554 0.703 0.634 0.576 0.79 0.718 0.639

2005 9.554 9.554 0.703 0.634 0.576 0.79 0.718 0.639

2006 9.554 9.554 0.703 0.634 0.576 0.79 0.718 0.639

2007 9.554 9.554 0.703 0.634 0.576 0.79 0.718 0.639

2008 9.554 9.554 0.703 0.634 0.576 0.79 0.718 0.639

2009 9.554 9.554 0.703 0.634 0.576 0.79 0.718 0.639

2010 9.562 9.562 0.634 0.634 0.576 0.78 0.680 0.620

2011 9.562 9.562 0.634 0.634 0.576 0.78 0.680 0.620

2012 9.562 9.562 0.634 0.634 0.576 0.78 0.680 0.620

2013 9.562 9.562 0.634 0.634 0.576 0.78 0.680 0.620



B. Table of Standard Motor Efficiencies Table

B.1 Overview

This document contains reference data for estimating demand and energy savings in C&I Standard Offer

Program for energy efficient motors and related measures. For motors installed under the program, the

equipment must exceed these minimum efficiency standards. In addition, the minimum efficiencies define

the baseline for calculating demand and energy savings. M&V Guideline 4 for motor measures describes

the application of these equipment efficiency standards for estimating baseline demand and energy use

and measure demand and energy savings.

B.2 Table

The efficiencies of permanently wired, poly-phase motors that are at least one horsepower in size and that

are used for fan, pumping, and conveyance applications are defined in Table B.1. Table B.1 is based on

ASHRAE Standard 90.1m-1995. Note, however, that the following motors are exempt from these

requirements:

Motors in appliances.

Refrigeration compressor motors.

Multi-speed motors.

Motors that are used as components of cooling equipment where the motors are part of the efficiency

ratings listed in the Standard Cooling Equipment Tables.

The efficiency values given in Table B.1 should be used to determine the equipment baseline. Equipment

installed under the C&I Standard Offer Program must be more efficient than the standards shown in order

to be eligible for incentives.



Table B.1: Minimum nominal full-load motor efficiency for single speed poly-phase motors

Motor Horsepower 2-Pole 4-Pole 6-Pole 8-Pole

Open

1.0 -- 81.5 78.5 72.0

1.5 81.5 82.5 82.5 74.0

2.0 82.5 82.5 84.0 84.0

3.0 82.5 85.5 85.5 85.5

5.0 84.0 86.5 86.5 86.0

7.5 86.5 87.5 87.5 87.5

10.0 87.5 88.5 89.5 88.5

15.0 88.5 90.2 89.5 88.5

20.0 89.5 90.2 90.2 89.5

25.0 90.2 91.0 91.0 89.5

30.0 90.2 91.7 91.7 90.2

40.0 91.0 92.4 92.4 90.2

50.0 91.7 92.4 92.4 91.0

60.0 92.4 93.0 93.0 91.7

75.0 92.4 93.6 93.0 93.0

100.0 92.4 93.6 93.6 93.0

125.0 93.0 94.1 93.6 93.0

150.0 93.0 94.5 94.1 93.0

200.0 94.1 94.5 94.1 93.0

Enclosed

1.0 74.0 81.5 78.5 72.0

1.5 81.5 82.5 84.0 75.5

2.0 82.5 82.5 85.5 81.5

3.0 84.0 86.5 86.5 82.5

5.0 86.5 86.5 86.5 84.0

7.5 87.5 88.5 88.5 84.0

10.0 88.5 88.5 88.5 87.5

15.0 89.5 90.2 89.5 87.5

20.0 89.5 90.2 89.5 88.5

25.0 90.2 91.7 91.0 88.5

30.0 90.2 91.7 91.0 90.2

40.0 91.0 92.4 92.4 90.2

50.0 91.7 92.4 92.4 91.0

60.0 92.4 93.0 93.0 91.0

75.0 92.4 93.6 93.0 92.4

100.0 93.0 94.1 93.6 92.4

125.0 94.1 94.1 93.6 93.0

150.0 94.1 94.5 94.5 93.0

200.0 94.5 94.5 94.5 93.6



C. Deemed Demand and Energy Saving for VFD on AHU Supply Fans

Table C.1 Deemed Energy and Demand Savings Values for Outlet Damper Part-Load Fan Control (Houston Weather)

HP Hosptial &

Healthcare Office-Large Office Small Education - K-12

Education - College and

University Retail

Restaurant - Fast

Food

Restaurant - Sit

Down

kW kWh kW kWh kW kWh kW kWh kW kWh kW kWh kW kWh kW kWh

1 0.097 1,167 0.097 557 0.08 501 0.03 501 0.097 577 0.097 699 0.097 864 0.097 864

2 0.191 2,292 0.191 1,095 0.156 984 0.059 984 0.191 1,133 0.191 1,373 0.191 1,698 0.191 1,698

3 0.278 3,339 0.278 1,595 0.228 1,433 0.086 1,433 0.278 1,651 0.278 2,000 0.278 2,473 0.278 2,473

5 0.458 5,502 0.458 2,627 0.375 2,362 0.141 2,360 0.458 2,720 0.458 3,295 0.458 4,074 0.458 4,074

7.5 0.679 8,159 0.679 3,897 0.556 3,502 0.209 3,501 0.679 4,034 0.679 4,887 0.679 6,042 0.679 6,042

10 0.895 10,757 0.895 5,138 0.734 4,618 0.276 4,615 0.895 5,318 0.895 6,443 0.895 7,967 0.895 7,967

15 1.321 15,870 1.321 7,579 1.082 6,812 0.407 6,809 1.321 7,845 1.321 9,505 1.321 11,753 1.321 11,753

20 1.761 21,160 1.761 10,106 1.443 9,083 0.542 9,079 1.761 10,461 1.761 12,674 1.761 15,670 1.761 15,670

25 2.184 26,248 2.184 12,536 1.79 11,267 0.673 11,262 2.184 12,976 2.184 15,721 2.184 19,438 2.184 19,438

30 2.601 31,259 2.601 14,929 2.132 13,418 0.801 13,412 2.601 15,453 2.601 18,723 2.601 23,149 2.601 23,149

40 3.446 41,410 3.446 19,777 2.824 17,776 1.061 17,767 3.446 20,471 3.446 24,802 3.446 30,667 3.446 30,667

50 4.308 51,762 4.308 24,721 3.53 22,220 1.327 22,209 4.308 25,589 4.308 31,003 4.308 38,333 4.308 38,333

60 5.136 61,716 5.136 29,475 4.208 26,493 1.582 26,480 5.136 30,510 5.136 36,965 5.136 45,705 5.136 45,705

75 6.386 76,735 6.386 36,648 5.233 32,940 1.967 32,924 6.386 37,935 6.386 45,961 6.386 56,828 6.386 56,828

100 8.515 102,314 8.515 48,864 6.977 43,920 2.622 43,898 8.515 50,580 8.515 61,281 8.515 75,771 8.515 75,771



Table C.2 Deemed Energy and Demand Savings Values for Inlet Damper Part-Load Fan Control (Houston Weather)

HP Hosptial &



University Retail

Restaurant - Fast

Food

Restaurant - Sit

Down


1 0.115 1,729 0.115 809 0.094 727 0.035 734 0.115 837 0.115 1,016 0.115 1,265 0.115 1,265

2 0.225 3,397 0.225 1,590 0.184 1,427 0.069 1,441 0.225 1,644 0.225 1,996 0.225 2,484 0.225 2,484

3 0.328 4,948 0.328 2,316 0.268 2,079 0.1 2,099 0.328 2,395 0.328 2,907 0.328 3,619 0.328 3,619

5 0.541 8,153 0.541 3,816 0.441 3,426 0.165 3,458 0.541 3,947 0.541 4,790 0.541 5,962 0.541 5,962

7.5 0.803 12,092 0.803 5,659 0.654 5,080 0.244 5,128 0.803 5,853 0.803 7,104 0.803 8,842 0.803 8,842

10 1.058 15,942 1.058 7,461 0.863 6,698 0.322 6,761 1.058 7,717 1.058 9,366 1.058 11,658 1.058 11,658

15 1.561 23,519 1.561 11,006 1.273 9,882 0.475 9,975 1.561 11,385 1.561 13,817 1.561 17,198 1.561 17,198

20 2.081 31,358 2.081 14,675 1.697 13,176 0.634 13,300 2.081 15,180 2.081 18,423 2.081 22,931 2.081 22,931

25 2.582 38,899 2.582 18,204 2.105 16,344 0.786 16,498 2.582 18,830 2.582 22,853 2.582 28,445 2.582 28,445

30 3.075 46,325 3.075 21,679 2.507 19,464 0.937 19,648 3.075 22,424 3.075 27,216 3.075 33,876 3.075 33,876

40 4.073 61,368 4.073 28,719 3.322 25,785 1.241 26,028 4.073 29,706 4.073 36,053 4.073 44,876 4.073 44,876

50 5.091 76,710 5.091 35,899 4.152 32,231 1.551 32,535 5.091 37,133 5.091 45,067 5.091 56,095 5.091 56,095

60 6.07 91,461 6.07 42,803 4.951 38,429 1.849 38,792 6.07 44,274 6.07 53,733 6.07 66,883 6.07 66,883

75 7.548 113,719 7.548 53,219 6.155 47,781 2.299 48,232 7.548 55,048 7.548 66,810 7.548 83,159 7.548 83,159

100 10.063 151,626 10.063 70,959 8.207 63,708 3.065 64,309 10.063 73,397 10.063 89,079 10.063 110,879 10.063 110,879



Table C.3 Deemed Energy and Demand Savings Values for Inlet Guide Vane Part-Load Fan Control (Houston Weather)

HP Hosptial &



University Retail

Restaurant - Fast

Food

Restaurant - Sit

Down


1 0.019 350 0.019 161 0.016 145 0.006 147 0.019 167 0.019 202 0.019 253 0.019 253

2 0.038 687 0.038 316 0.031 284 0.011 289 0.038 327 0.038 398 0.038 497 0.038 497

3 0.055 1,001 0.055 461 0.045 414 0.017 420 0.055 476 0.055 579 0.055 725 0.055 725

5 0.09 1,649 0.09 759 0.074 681 0.027 693 0.09 785 0.09 954 0.09 1,194 0.09 1,194

7.5 0.134 2,445 0.134 1,126 0.11 1,011 0.041 1,027 0.134 1,164 0.134 1,415 0.134 1,770 0.134 1,770

10 0.177 3,224 0.177 1,485 0.145 1,332 0.054 1,354 0.177 1,535 0.177 1,866 0.177 2,334 0.177 2,334

15 0.261 4,756 0.261 2,190 0.214 1,966 0.079 1,998 0.261 2,264 0.261 2,752 0.261 3,443 0.261 3,443

20 0.348 6,342 0.348 2,920 0.285 2,621 0.106 2,664 0.348 3,019 0.348 3,670 0.348 4,591 0.348 4,591

25 0.431 7,867 0.431 3,623 0.354 3,251 0.131 3,304 0.431 3,745 0.431 4,552 0.431 5,695 0.431 5,695

30 0.513 9,368 0.513 4,314 0.422 3,872 0.156 3,935 0.513 4,460 0.513 5,422 0.513 6,782 0.513 6,782

40 0.68 12,410 0.68 5,715 0.559 5,129 0.207 5,213 0.68 5,908 0.68 7,182 0.68 8,985 0.68 8,985

50 0.85 15,513 0.85 7,144 0.698 6,411 0.258 6,516 0.85 7,385 0.85 8,978 0.85 11,231 0.85 11,231

60 1.014 18,496 1.014 8,518 0.833 7,644 0.308 7,769 1.014 8,806 1.014 10,704 1.014 13,391 1.014 13,391

75 1.26 22,998 1.26 10,591 1.035 9,504 0.383 9,660 1.26 10,949 1.26 13,309 1.26 16,650 1.26 16,650

100 1.68 30,664 1.68 14,121 1.38 12,672 0.511 12,880 1.68 14,598 1.68 17,745 1.68 22,200 1.68 22,200



D. Central Wattage Table

D.1 Overview

The Central Wattage Table contains reference data for estimating demand and energy savings in the C&I

Standard Offer Program for lighting measures. The Table assigns identification codes and demand values

(watts) to common fixture types (fluorescent, incandescent, HID, LED, etc.) used in commercial

applications. The Table wattage values for each fixture type are averages of various manufacturers’

laboratory tests performed to ANSI test standards. By using standardized demand values for each fixture

type, the Table simplifies the accounting procedures for lighting equipment retrofits.

CenterPoint Energy posts updated versions of the Table on the program Web site at

https://centerpoint.anbetrack.com/ as new fixtures are added. Project Sponsors should make sure that they

are working with the most recent version of the Table as they prepare Lighting Equipment Survey forms.

If a project uses a fixture type not listed in the Table, the Sponsor should request that CenterPoint Energy

add a new fixture code. The request should include all information required to uniquely identify the

fixture type and to fix its demand. If possible, the request should be supported by manufacturer’s ANSI

test data.

The Lighting Equipment Survey Form is linked to a copy of the Central Wattage Table and looks up

wattage values for fixture codes automatically. For this reason, Sponsors should use only the

identification codes included in the Table.

D.2 Table

The Table is subdivided into fixture types such as linear fluorescent, compact fluorescent, mercury vapor,

Light-emitting diode (LED) etc, with each subdivision sorted by fixture code. Each record, or row, in the

Table contains a fixture code, which serves as a unique identifier. Each record also includes a description

of the fixture, the number of lamps, the number of ballasts if applicable, and the fixture wattage. A legend

explains the rules behind the fixture codes.

The US Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT) sets energy efficiency standards that preclude certain lamps

and ballasts from being manufactured or imported into the US. Under the C&I Standard Offer Program,

all lighting equipment, including existing or baseline equipment, must be EPACT compliant. As a result,

certain lamp/ballast combinations, which are non-EPACT compliant, are assigned EPACT demand

values. Thus, a 4-foot fixture with 40-watt T-12 lamps and standard magnetic ballast has the same

demand value as a like fixture equipped with 34-watt T-12 lamps and energy efficient magnetic ballast.




Table D.1: Central wattage table

Fixture Code Light

Category Fixture Type FixtureType2

Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

CMH-100W-HIDLF HID

Ceramic Metal Halide Standard 100 1 1 109 109

CMH-100W-SCWA HID


CMH-140W-HIDLF N HID

Ceramic Metal Halide Standard 140 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 154 154

CMH-150W-HIDLF HID


CMH-150W-SCWA HID


CMH-200W-HIDLF H HID


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 214 214

CMH-20W-HIDLF HID




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 266 266

CMH-250W-LR HID


CMH-250W-SCWA HID


CMH-300W-LR HID


CMH-300W-SCWA HID




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 341 341

CMH-320W-LR HID


CMH-320W-SCWA HID




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 372 372

CMH-39W-HIDLF HID


CMH-39W-SCWA HID


CMH-400W-HIDLF H HID Ceramic Metal Standard 400 1 1 (0.95 < BF < 426 426



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

Halide 1.10)

CMH-400W-LR HID


CMH-400W-SCWA HID


CMH-50W-HIDLF H HID


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 56 56

CMH-50W-SCWA HID


CMH-60W-HIDLF N HID


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 67 67

CMH-70W-HIDLF HID


CMH-70W-SCWA HID


CMH-90W-HIDLF N HID


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 99 99

FCCFL-13W Fluorescent Cold Cathode Integral Screw-In 13 1 13 13





FCE-5W x 2L-MG Fluorescent Compact Exit 5 2 1 20 20

FCE-5W-MG Fluorescent Compact Exit 5 1 1 9 9







FCGU24-11W-IS H Fluorescent Compact GU24 11 1 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 11 11


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 13 13


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 14 14


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 15 15



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 18 18


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 19 19


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 20 20


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 23 23


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 25 25


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 26 26


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 27 27


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 32 32


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 7 7


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 9 9

FCIT9-20W-MG Fluorescent Circline T9 20 1 1 25 25

FCIT9-20W-MGPH Fluorescent Circline T9 20 1 1 20 20

FCIT9-22W x 2L-MG Fluorescent Circline T9 22 2 1 52 52



FCIT9-32W x 2L-MG Fluorescent Circline T9 32 2 1 62 62





FCM-10W-MG Fluorescent Compact Medium Base 10 1 1 10 10





FCM-15W x 2L-MG Fluorescent Compact Medium Base 15 2 1 30 30




Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage





FCM-18W-IS N Fluorescent Compact Medium Base 18 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 18 18








(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 23 23




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 26 26



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 27 27




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 30 30


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 36 36


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 42 42


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 44 44




FCP-10W-MG Fluorescent Compact Pin-Based 10 1 1 15 15


FCP-13W x 2L-IS H Fluorescent Compact Pin-Based 13 2 1 (0.95 < BF < 28 28



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

1.10)

FCP-13W x 2L-IS N Fluorescent Compact

Pin-Based 13 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 30 30

FCP-13W x 2L-MG Fluorescent Compact Pin-Based 13 2 1 31 31


FCP-13W-IS H Fluorescent Compact

Pin-Based 13 1 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 15 15

FCP-13W-IS N Fluorescent Compact

Pin-Based 13 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 16 16







FCP-18W x 2L-IS H Fluorescent Compact

Pin-Based 18 2 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 38 38


Pin-Based 18 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 38 38




Pin-Based 18 1 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 20 20


Pin-Based 18 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 20 20















Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage



Pin-Based 26 2 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 50 50


Pin-Based 26 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 54 54




Pin-Based 26 6 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 150 150


Pin-Based 26 1 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 27 27


Pin-Based 26 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28




Pin-Based 28 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 60 60



Pin-Based 28 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 31 31





Pin-Based 32 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 69 69


Pin-Based 32 6 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 186 186


Pin-Based 32 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 35 35




Pin-Based 40 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 72 72



Pin-Based 40 3 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 105 105


FCP-40W-IS N Fluorescent Compact Pin-Based 40 1 1 (0.85 < BF < 43 43



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

0.95)



Pin-Based 42 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 94 94


Pin-Based 42 8 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 314 314


Pin-Based 42 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 45 45



Pin-Based 55 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 110 110


Pin-Based 55 3 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 170 170


Pin-Based 55 4 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 220 220


Pin-Based 55 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 60 60








FLE-2W x 2L-IS N Fluorescent Linear Exit 2 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 5 5

FLE-6W x 2L-MG Fluorescent Linear Exit 6 2 1 18 18

FLE-6W-MG Fluorescent Linear Exit 6 1 1 9 9

FLE-8W x 2L-MG Fluorescent Linear Exit 8 2 1 24 24

FLE-8W-MG Fluorescent Linear Exit 8 1 1 12 12

FLT10-40W x 4L x 4'-2 MG Fluorescent Linear T10 40 4 4 2 45 45

FLT10-40W x 4'-MG Fluorescent Linear T10 40 1 4 1 51 51

FLT12-15W x 1.5'-MG Fluorescent Linear T12 15 1 1.5 1 19 19

FLT12-15W x 2L x 1.5'-MG Fluorescent Linear T12 15 2 1.5 1 36 36

FLT12-20W x 2L x 2'-MG Fluorescent Linear T12 20 2 2 1 50 50





Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage



FLT12-25W x 2L x 3'-IS N Fluorescent Linear T12 25 2 3 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 50 50

FLT12-25W x 2L x 3'-IS N T4 Fluorescent Linear T12 25 2 3 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 50 50


FLT12-25W x 2L x 3'-MG(E) Fluorescent Linear T12 25 2 3 1 66 66

FLT12-25W x 2L x 4'-IS R Fluorescent Linear

T12 25 2 4 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 39 39

FLT12-25W x 2L x 4'-IS R T4 Fluorescent Linear

T12 25 2 4 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 40 40

FLT12-25W x 3'-IS N Fluorescent Linear

T12 25 1 3 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 26 26



FLT12-25W x 3'-MG T2 Fluorescent Linear T12 25 1 3 1 33 33

FLT12-25W x 3'-MG(E) T2 Fluorescent Linear T12 25 1 3 1 33 33


T12 25 1 4 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 25 25

FLT12-25W x 4'-IS R T2 Fluorescent Linear

T12 25 1 4 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 19 19


T12 25 1 4 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 20 20


T12 25 1 4 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 20 20



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 58 58





T12 30 1 3 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 31 31







Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage




FLT12-30W x 4L x 3'-2 IS N Fluorescent Linear

T12 30 4 3 2 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 116 116







FLT12-34W x 2L x 4'-2 MG(E) Fluorescent Linear T12 34 2 4 2 86 86

FLT12-34W x 2L x 4'-IS N Fluorescent Linear

T12 34 2 4 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 60 72






T12 34 3 4 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 92 92


FLT12-34W x 3L x 4'-MG T2 Fluorescent Linear T12 34 3 4 1 108 123


FLT12-34W x 3L x 4'-MG(E) T2 Fluorescent Linear T12 34 3 4 1 108 108


T12 34 1 4 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 32 32




T12 34 4 4 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 120 120


FLT12-34W x 4'-MG(E) Fluorescent Linear T12 34 1 4 1 43 43



T12 34 6 4 2 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 186 186




Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage





T12 39 2 4 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 74 74



T12 39 3 4 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 120 120

FLT12-39W x 4'-IS N Fluorescent Linear T12 39 1 4 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 46 46

FLT12-39W x 4'-IS N T2 Fluorescent Linear T12 39 1 4 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 37 37


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 148 148
















T12 40 6 4 2 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 186 186






T12 50 2 5 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 88 88




Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


T12 50 1 5 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 44 44



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 108 108



FLT12-55W x 2L x 6'-RS/PRS N Fluorescent Linear

T12 55 2 6 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 108 108


T12 55 3 6 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 176 176



T12 55 4 6 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 216 216



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 68 68




T12 60 2 8 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 110 110




T12 60 3 8 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 179 179




T12 60 4 8 2 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 220 220





T12 60 1 8 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 69 69


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 55 55





Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage




T12 75 2 8 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 110 110



FLT12-75W x 3L x 8'-2 IS N Fluorescent Linear T12 75 3 8 2

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 179 179



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 220 220





T12 75 1 8 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 69 69


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 55 55





FLT12HO-110W x 2L x 8'-IS N Fluorescent Linear

T12 HO 110 2 8 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 173 173

FLT12HO-110W x 2L x 8'-MG Fluorescent Linear T12 HO 110 2 8 1 207 257

FLT12HO-110W x 2L x 8'-MG(E) Fluorescent Linear T12 HO 110 2 8 1 227 227



FLT12HO-110W x 4L x 8'-2 IS N Fluorescent Linear

T12 HO 110 4 8 2 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 346 346




FLT12HO-110W x 8'-MG Fluorescent Linear T12 HO 110 1 8 1 121 140






Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage




FLT12HO-55W x 4L x 4'-2 MG Fluorescent Linear T12 HO 55 4 4 2 270 270




FLT12HO-60W x 4L x 4'-2 MG Fluorescent Linear T12 HO 60 4 4 2 290 290



T12 HO 75 2 5 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 138 138



FLT12HO-75W x 5'-IS N Fluorescent Linear T12 HO 75 1 5 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 69 69


FLT12HO-75W x 5'-MG(E) Fluorescent Linear T12 HO 75 1 5 1 88 88


T12 HO 85 2 6 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 167 167






T12 HO 95 2 8 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 173 173




FLT12HO-95W x 4L x 8'-2 IS N Fluorescent Linear

T12 HO 95 4 8 2 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 346 346




FLT12HO-95W x 8'-IS N Fluorescent Linear

T12 HO 95 1 8 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 80 80




Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


FLT12VHO-110W x 2L x 4'-MG Fluorescent Linear T12 VHO 110 2 4 1 252 252


FLT12VHO-110W x 4L x 4'-2 MG Fluorescent Linear T12 VHO 110 4 4 2 484 484

FLT12VHO-110W x 4'-MG Fluorescent Linear T12 VHO 110 1 4 1 140 140













FLT12VHO-94W x 4L x 4'-2 MG Fluorescent Linear T12 VHO 94 4 4 2 420 420




FLT5-14W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear

T5 14 2 2 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 33 33

FLT5-14W x 2'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear

T5 14 1 2 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 18 18

FLT5-14W x 3L x 2'-2 RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear

T5 14 3 2 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 51 51


T5 14 4 2 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 67 67


T5 21 2 3 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 48 48

FLT5-21W x 3L x 3'-2 RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear T5 21 3 3 2

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 73 73


T5 21 1 3 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 25 25


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 96 96



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


T5 24 4 2 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 105 105


T5 28 2 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 63 63


T5 28 3 4 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 96 96


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 126 126


T5 28 1 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 33 33

FLT5-28W x 4'-RS/PRS H T2 Fluorescent Linear T5 28 1 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 32 32


T5 35 2 5 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 78 78


T5 35 4 5 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 157 157

FLT5-35W x 5'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear T5 35 1 5 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 40 40

FLT5HO-24W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 24 2 2 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 52 52

FLT5HO-24W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS VH Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 24 2 2 1 (BF > 1.10) 54 54

FLT5HO-24W x 2'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear

T5 HO 24 1 2 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 27 27

FLT5HO-24W x 3L x 2'-2 RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear

T5 HO 24 3 2 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 80 80


T5 HO 35 3 5 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 119 119

FLT5HO-39W x 2L x 3'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear

T5 HO 39 2 3 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 86 86

FLT5HO-39W x 2L x 3'-RS/PRS VH Fluorescent Linear

T5 HO 39 2 3 1 (BF > 1.10) 85

85


T5 HO 39 3 3 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 130 130


T5 HO 39 3 3 1 (BF > 1.10) 127

127


T5 HO 39 1 3 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 44 44

FLT5HO-39W x 3'-RS/PRS VH Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 39 1 3 1 (BF > 1.10) 42 42

FLT5HO-39W x 4L x 3'-2 Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 39 4 3 2 (0.95 < BF < 172 172



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

RS/PRS H 1.10)


T5 HO 39 4 3 1 (BF > 1.10) 170

170


T5 HO 49 10 4 3 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 541 541


T5 HO 49 10 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 541

541

FLT5HO-49W x 12L x 4'-3 RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 49 12 4 3

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 648 648


T5 HO 49 12 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 648

648


T5 HO 49 2 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 109 109

FLT5HO-49W x 2L x 4'-RS/PRS H T2 Fluorescent Linear

T5 HO 49 2 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 108 108


T5 HO 49 2 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 109

109

FLT5HO-49W x 2L x 4'-RS/PRS VH T2 Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 49 2 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 108 108


T5 HO 49 3 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 165 165



T5 HO 49 4 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 216 216



T5 HO 49 1 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 58 58

FLT5HO-49W x 4'-RS/PRS H T2 Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 49 1 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 55 55

FLT5HO-49W x 4'-RS/PRS H T3 Fluorescent Linear

T5 HO 49 1 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 55 55


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 54 54


FLT5HO-49W x 4'-RS/PRS VH T2 Fluorescent Linear

T5 HO 49 1 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 55

55




Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

T3

FLT5HO-49W x 4'-RS/PRS VH T4 Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 49 1 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 54 54


T5 HO 49 6 4 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 330 330


T5 HO 49 6 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 330

330


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 432 432



T5 HO 51 10 4 3 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 543 543


T5 HO 51 12 4 3 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 648 648


T5 HO 51 2 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 111 111

FLT5HO-51W x 2L x 4'-RS/PRS H T2 Fluorescent Linear

T5 HO 51 2 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 108 108

FLT5HO-51W x 3L x 4'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 51 3 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 174 174


T5 HO 51 4 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 216 216


T5 HO 51 1 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 56 56


T5 HO 51 1 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 19 19


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 54 54



(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 348 348


T5 HO 51 8 4 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 432 432


T5 HO 54 2 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 117 117


T5 HO 54 3 4 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 179 179

FLT5HO-54W x 4L x 4'-2 Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 54 4 4 2 (0.95 < BF < 234 234



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

RS/PRS H 1.10)


T5 HO 54 4 4 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 229 229

FLT5HO-54W x 4'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 54 1 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 62 62


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 59 59


T5 HO 54 6 4 3 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 351 351


T5 HO 80 2 5 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 179 179

FLT5HO-80W x 5'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear T5 HO 80 1 5 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 90 90


FLT8-15W x 1.5'-MG Fluorescent Linear T8 15 1 1.5 1 19 19

FLT8-15W x 2L x 1.5'-MG Fluorescent Linear T8 15 2 1.5 1 36 36


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 18 18

FLT8-15W x 2'-RS/PRS N Fluorescent Linear

T8 15 1 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 15 15

FLT8-15W x 2'-RS/PRS VH Fluorescent Linear T8 15 1 2 1 (BF > 1.10) 22 22


T8 17 1 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 20 20

FLT8-17W x 2'-IS N T2 Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 1 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 17 17


T8 17 1 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 16 16


T8 17 1 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 15 15

FLT8-17W x 2'-IS R Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 1 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 17 17


T8 17 1 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 15 15


T8 17 1 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 14 14


T8 17 1 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 14 14

FLT8-17W x 2'-IS(E) N Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 1 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 17 17

FLT8-17W x 2'-IS(E) R Fluorescent Linear T8 17 1 2 1 (0.75 < BF < 15 15



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

0.85)


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 33 33

FLT8-17W x 2L x 2'-IS N T4 Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 2 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 31 31


T8 17 2 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 29 29

FLT8-17W x 2L x 2'-IS R T4 Fluorescent Linear T8 17 2 2 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 28 28

FLT8-17W x 2L x 2'-IS(E) N Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 2 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 31 31

FLT8-17W x 2L x 2'-IS(E) R Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 2 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 29 29


T8 17 2 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 35 35

FLT8-17W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS N T4 Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 2 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 34 34

FLT8-17W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS R Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 2 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 28 28

FLT8-17W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS VH Fluorescent Linear T8 17 2 2 1 (BF > 1.10) 41 41

FLT8-17W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS VR Fluorescent Linear T8 17 2 2 1 (BF < 0.75) 25 25

FLT8-17W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS(E) N Fluorescent Linear T8 17 2 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 31 31




T8 17 1 2 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 18 18

FLT8-17W x 2'-RS/PRS N Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 1 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 16 16

FLT8-17W x 2'-RS/PRS N T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 17 1 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 16 16

FLT8-17W x 2'-RS/PRS N T3 Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 1 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 17 17

FLT8-17W x 2'-RS/PRS N T4 Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 1 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 17 17

FLT8-17W x 2'-RS/PRS R Fluorescent Linear T8 17 1 2 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 15 15


FLT8-17W x 2'-RS/PRS VR Fluorescent Linear T8 17 1 2 1 (BF < 0.75) 14 14



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

FLT8-17W x 2'-RS/PRS(E) N Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 1 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 15 15

FLT8-17W x 3L x 2'-IS H Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 3 2 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 49 49


T8 17 3 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 47 47


T8 17 3 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 43 43


T8 17 3 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 45 45

FLT8-17W x 3L x 2'-IS(E) R Fluorescent Linear T8 17 3 2 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 40 40


T8 17 3 2 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 51 51


T8 17 3 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 52 52

FLT8-17W x 3L x 2'-RS/PRS R Fluorescent Linear T8 17 3 2 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 41 41



FLT8-17W x 3L x 2'-RS/PRS(E) N Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 3 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 47 47




T8 17 4 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 61 61


T8 17 4 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 55 55


T8 17 4 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 59 59

FLT8-17W x 4L x 2'-IS(E) R Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 4 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 51 51


T8 17 4 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 68 68

FLT8-17W x 4L x 2'-RS/PRS R Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 4 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 57 57



FLT8-17W x 4L x 2'-RS/PRS(E) N Fluorescent Linear

T8 17 4 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 61 61



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


T8 17 4 3 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 85 85

FLT8-25W x 10L x 4'-3 RS/PRS N Fluorescent Linear

T8 25 10 4 3 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 222 222

FLT8-25W x 10L x 4'-3 RS/PRS VH Fluorescent Linear

T8 25 10 4 3 (BF > 1.10) 280

280

FLT8-25W x 10L x 4'-3 RS/PRS VR Fluorescent Linear

T8 25 10 4 3 (BF < 0.75) 189

189

FLT8-25W x 12L x 4'-3 RS/PRS N Fluorescent Linear

T8 25 12 4 3 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 268 268

FLT8-25W x 12L x 4'-3 RS/PRS VH Fluorescent Linear

T8 25 12 4 3 (BF > 1.10) 334

334

FLT8-25W x 12L x 4'-3 RS/PRS VR Fluorescent Linear

T8 25 12 4 3 (BF < 0.75) 229

229

FLT8-25W x 2L x 3'-2 IS R Fluorescent Linear

T8 25 2 3 2 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 54 54

FLT8-25W x 2L x 3'-IS H Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 3 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 48 48


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 46 46


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 44 44

FLT8-25W x 2L x 3'-IS R Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 3 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 46 46


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 43 43

FLT8-25W x 2L x 3'-IS(E) N Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 3 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 44 44


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 40 40

FLT8-25W x 2L x 3'-IS(E) R T4 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 3 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 39 39

FLT8-25W x 2L x 3'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 3 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 50 50

FLT8-25W x 2L x 3'-RS/PRS N Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 3 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 46 46

FLT8-25W x 2L x 3'-RS/PRS N T4 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 3 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 45 45


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 42 42



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 43 43


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 65 65


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 46 46


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 43 43


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 43 43


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 38 38

FLT8-25W x 2L x 4'-IS VH Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 59 59

FLT8-25W x 2L x 4'-IS VH T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 56 56

FLT8-25W x 2L x 4'-IS VR Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 40 40

FLT8-25W x 2L x 4'-IS VR T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 37 37


FLT8-25W x 2L x 4'-IS(E) H Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 49 49


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 43 43

FLT8-25W x 2L x 4'-IS(E) N T4 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 4 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 42 42

FLT8-25W x 2L x 4'-IS(E) VR Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 36 36


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 44 44


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 44 44


FLT8-25W x 2L x 4'-RS/PRS VH T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 56 56


FLT8-25W x 2L x 4'-RS/PRS VR T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 2 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 38 38

FLT8-25W x 3'-IS H Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 3 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 28 28

FLT8-25W x 3'-IS H T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 3 1 (0.95 < BF < 24 24



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

1.10)


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 26 26


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 23 23


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22

FLT8-25W x 3'-IS R Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 3 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 27 27

FLT8-25W x 3'-IS R T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 3 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 23 23


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 22 22


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 22 22

FLT8-25W x 3'-IS(E) N Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 3 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22

FLT8-25W x 3'-IS(E) N T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 3 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22

FLT8-25W x 3'-IS(E) R Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 3 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 20 20

FLT8-25W x 3'-IS(E) R T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 3 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 20 20


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 19 19


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 19 19


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 67 67


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 66 66


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 64 64


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 57 57


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 72 72

FLT8-25W x 3L x 3'-RS/PRS R Fluorescent Linear T8 25 3 3 1 (0.75 < BF < 62 62



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

0.85)



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 66 66

FLT8-25W x 3L x 4'-2 IS H Fluorescent Linear T8 25 3 4 2

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 100 100


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 72 72

FLT8-25W x 3L x 4'-2 IS VR Fluorescent Linear T8 25 3 4 2 (BF < 0.75) 63 63

FLT8-25W x 3L x 4'-2 IS(E) N Fluorescent Linear T8 25 3 4 2

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 66 66


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 92 92


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 67 67


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 60 60




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 71 71

FLT8-25W x 3L x 4'-IS(E) N Fluorescent Linear T8

25 3 4 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 66 66


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 60 60



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 68 68




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 26 26

FLT8-25W x 3'-RS/PRS N Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 3 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 23 23


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24

FLT8-25W x 3'-RS/PRS N T4 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 3 1 (0.85 < BF < 22 22



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

0.95)


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 23 23


FLT8-25W x 3'-RS/PRS(E) N Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 3 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 35 35

FLT8-25W x 4'-IS H T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 33 33


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 31 31


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 26 26


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 23 23


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 19 19

FLT8-25W x 4'-IS VH Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 32 32

FLT8-25W x 4'-IS VH T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 29 29



FLT8-25W x 4'-IS VR Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 23 23

FLT8-25W x 4'-IS VR T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 20 20



FLT8-25W x 4'-IS(E) H Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 26 26


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 23 23


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 21 21

FLT8-25W x 4'-IS(E) N T4 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 21 21



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

0.95)

FLT8-25W x 4'-IS(E) VR T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 18 18

FLT8-25W x 4'-IS(E) VR T4 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 18 18

FLT8-25W x 4L x 3'-2 IS R Fluorescent Linear T8 25 4 3 2

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 92 92


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 87 87


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 86 86


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 85 85


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 78 78


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 89 89


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 84 84



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 85 85


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 130 130


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 92 92



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 86 86

FLT8-25W x 4L x 4'-2 IS(E) VR Fluorescent Linear T8 25 4 4 2 (BF < 0.75) 74 74


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 92 92


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 87 87


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 80 80




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 86 86

FLT8-25W x 4L x 4'-IS(E) R Fluorescent Linear T8 25 4 4 1 (0.75 < BF < 76 76



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

0.85)



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 89 89




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 23 23


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22


FLT8-25W x 4'-RS/PRS VH T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 29 29




FLT8-25W x 4'-RS/PRS VR T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 25 1 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 19 19




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 134 134


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 134 134

FLT8-25W x 6L x 4'-2 RS/PRS N Fluorescent Linear T8 25 6 4 2

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 133 133

FLT8-25W x 6L x 4'-2 RS/PRS VH Fluorescent Linear T8 25 6 4 2 (BF > 1.10) 170 170

FLT8-25W x 6L x 4'-2 RS/PRS VR Fluorescent Linear T8 25 6 4 2 (BF < 0.75) 113 113



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 133 133



FLT8-25W x 8L x 4'-2 RS/PRS N Fluorescent Linear T8 25 8 4 2 (0.85 < BF < 178 178



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

0.95)




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 247 247




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 295 295




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 43 43



FLT8-28W x 2L x 4'-CEE ISDIM N T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 28 2 4 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 47 47


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 53 53


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 49 49


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 44 44






(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 48 48


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 63 63


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 50 50



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 49 49





(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 66 66




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 79 79


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 73 73


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 66 66




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 72 72


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 74 74




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 29 29


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 27 27


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 22 22






Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage





(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 25 25


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 85 85




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 112 112


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 98 98


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 85 85




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 94 94


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 84 84


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 98 98




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 26 26


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 25 25


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 25 25


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24








Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage





(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 146 146





(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 146 146




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 196 196




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 270 270




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 323 323




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 72 72


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 54 54


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 52 52


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 48 48



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 47 47


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 52 52


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 51 51


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 46 46


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 46 46


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 69 69


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 55 55


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 54 54





(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 111 111


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 83 83


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 78 78


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 105 105


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 79 79


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 70 70



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 76 76


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 66 66


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 81 81



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 70 70




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 39 39


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 29 29


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 27 27


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 26 26


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 26 26


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 27 27


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 23 23


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 22 22


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 22 22



(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 32 32


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 26 26


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 25 25


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 25 25


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 144 144


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 108 108


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 96 96

FLT8-30W x 4L x 4'-IS N Fluorescent Linear T8 30 4 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 104 104



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

0.95)


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 91 91


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 101 101


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 88 88


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 108 108




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 27 27


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 27 27










(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 152 152


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 132 132


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 162 162






Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 162 162




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 217 217




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 281 281




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 338 338




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 62 62


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 62 62


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 64 64

FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE ISDIM N Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 55 55

FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM H Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 67 67

FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM N Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 56 56

FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM R Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 47 47

FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM VH Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 75 75

FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-IS H Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1 (0.95 < BF < 77 77



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

1.10)


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 59 59


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 54 54


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 56 56


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 52 52


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 51 51







(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 66 66


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 55 55


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 54 54


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 48 48


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 48 48

FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-IS(E) VH Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 75 75



(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 70 70


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 60 60


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 56 56


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 59 59


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 54 54

FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-RS/PRS R Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1 (0.75 < BF < 53 53



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

T4 0.85)





FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-RS/PRS(E) H Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 66 66


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 57 57

FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-RS/PRS(E) R Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 52 52

FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-RS/PRS(E) VH Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 73 73

FLT8-32W x 2L x 4'-RS/PRS(E) VR Fluorescent Linear T8 32 2 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 49 49


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 118 118


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 90 90


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 83 83


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 92 92

FLT8-32W x 3L x 4'-CEE ISDIM N Fluorescent Linear T8 32 3 4 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 82 82

FLT8-32W x 3L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM H Fluorescent Linear T8 32 3 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 96 96


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 84 84

FLT8-32W x 3L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM R Fluorescent Linear T8 32 3 4 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 87 87


FLT8-32W x 3L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM VR Fluorescent Linear T8 32 3 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 72 72


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 111 111



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 87 87


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 78 78


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 83 83




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 90 90


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 83 83


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 74 74




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 98 98


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 93 93


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 79 79



FLT8-32W x 3L x 4'-RS/PRS(E) H Fluorescent Linear T8 32 3 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 91 91


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 85 85

FLT8-32W x 3L x 4'-RS/PRS(E) R Fluorescent Linear T8 32 3 4 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 76 76


FLT8-32W x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM H Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 35 35

FLT8-32W x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM N Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 29 29

FLT8-32W x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM VH Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 39 39

FLT8-32W x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM VR Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 24 24



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 41 41


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 33 33


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 31 31


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 31 31


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 30 30


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 30 30


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 29 29


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 26 26


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 26 26


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 26 26








(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 32 32


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 27 27


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28

FLT8-32W x 4'-IS(E) R Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 25 25



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 24 24


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 24 24


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 24 24

FLT8-32W x 4'-IS(E) VH Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 36 36


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 154 154


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 118 118


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 104 104

FLT8-32W x 4L x 4'-2 IS VH Fluorescent Linear T8 32 4 4 2 (BF > 1.10) 158 158


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 120 120

FLT8-32W x 4L x 4'-CEE ISDIM VH Fluorescent Linear T8 32 4 4 1 (BF > 1.10) 215 215


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 113 113


FLT8-32W x 4L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM VR Fluorescent Linear T8 32 4 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 93 93


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 121 121


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 112 112


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 102 102




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 108 108


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 96 96





Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 118 118


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 105 105




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 111 111




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 39 39


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 35 35


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 33 33


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 32 32


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 30 30


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 31 31


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 30 30


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 27 27

FLT8-32W x 4'-RS/PRS R T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 27 27


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 26 26


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 26 26









Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage



FLT8-32W x 4'-RS/PRS(E) H Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 33 33

FLT8-32W x 4'-RS/PRS(E) N Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 30 30

FLT8-32W x 4'-RS/PRS(E) N T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28

FLT8-32W x 4'-RS/PRS(E) R T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 26 26

FLT8-32W x 4'-RS/PRS(E) R T3 Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 25 25

FLT8-32W x 4'-RS/PRS(E) VR Fluorescent Linear T8 32 1 4 1 (BF < 0.75) 24 24


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 148 148

FLT8-32W x 6L x 4'-2 IS H Fluorescent Linear

T8 32 6 4 2 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 222 222


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 174 174


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 156 156


FLT8-32W x 6L x 4'-2 IS(E) H Fluorescent Linear T8 32 6 4 2

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 192 192


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 164 164

FLT8-32W x 6L x 4'-2 IS(E) R Fluorescent Linear T8 32 6 4 2

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 146 146


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 171 171




(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 156 156



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 171 171




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 308 308


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 224 224


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 204 204



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 225 225




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 80 80


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 73 73


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 67 67


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 73 73



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 72 72


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 68 68


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 108 108


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 110 110


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 100 100



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 106 106



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 126 126


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 134 134


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 43 43


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 36 36


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 36 36


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 35 35


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 34 34


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 43 43




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 35 35


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 100 100


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 51 51


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 109 109


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 98 98



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 105 105


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 240 240



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 167 167


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 320 320


FLT8-59W x 4L x 8'-2 IS(E) VH Fluorescent Linear T8 59 4 8 2 (BF > 1.10) 288 288



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 219 219


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 328 328


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 68 68


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 58 58


T8 59 1 8 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 55 55


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 57 57


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 49 49



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 53 53


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 160 160


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 240 240


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 320 320


T8 86 1 8 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 80 80

FLT8CEE-25W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS H Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 25 2 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 56 56

FLT8CEE-25W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS H T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 25 2 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 56 56

FLT8CEE-25W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS L Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 25 2 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 39 39

FLT8CEE-25W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS L T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 25 2 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 38 38

FLT8CEE-25W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS N Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 25 2 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 44 44

FLT8CEE-25W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS N T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 25 2 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 44 44




Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage



FLT8CEE-25W x 4'-CEE IS H Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 25 1 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 30 30

FLT8CEE-25W x 4'-CEE IS L Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 25 1 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 19 19

FLT8CEE-25W x 4'-CEE IS N Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 25 1 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 23 23


FLT8CEE-25W x 4L x 4'-CEE IS L Fluorescent Linear

T8 CEE 25 4 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 76 76



FLT8CEE-28W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS H T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 28 2 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 62 62


FLT8CEE-28W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS L T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 28 2 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 42 42


FLT8CEE-28W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS N T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 28 2 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 47 47

FLT8CEE-28W x 3L x 4'-CEE IS CEE H Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 28 3 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 96 96

FLT8CEE-28W x 3L x 4'-CEE IS CEE L Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 28 3 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 66 66

FLT8CEE-28W x 3L x 4'-CEE IS CEE N Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 28 3 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 74 74

FLT8CEE-28W x 4'-CEE IS CEE H Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 28 1 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 33 33

FLT8CEE-28W x 4'-CEE IS CEE L Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 28 1 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 22 22

FLT8CEE-28W x 4'-CEE IS CEE N Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 28 1 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 25 25



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage





FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS CEE H T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 71 71


FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS CEE L T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 48 48


FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE IS CEE N T2 Fluorescent Linear

T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 54 54

FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE ISDIM CEE N Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 55 55

FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE ISDIM CEE N T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 57 57

FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE H Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 73 73

FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE L Fluorescent Linear

T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 54 54

FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE N Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 62 62

FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE RS/PRS CEE H Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 73 73

FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE RS/PRS CEE H T2 Fluorescent Linear

T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 72 72

FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE RS/PRS CEE L Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 48 48



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE RS/PRS CEE L T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 47 47

FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE RS/PRS CEE N Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 58 58

FLT8CEE-32W x 2L x 4'-CEE RS/PRS CEE N T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 2 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 56 56




FLT8CEE-32W x 3L x 4'-CEE ISDIM CEE N Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 3 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 82 82


FLT8CEE-32W x 3L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE L Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 3 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 79 79





FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE IS CEE H Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 38 38

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE IS CEE L Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 25 25

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE IS CEE N Fluorescent Linear

T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 29 29

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE ISDIM CEE H T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 37 37

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE ISDIM CEE H T3 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 36 36



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE ISDIM CEE H T4 Fluorescent Linear

T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 36 36

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE ISDIM CEE L T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 24 24



FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE ISDIM CEE N T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 28 28



FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE H Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 24 24

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE H T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 37 37



FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE L Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 33 33

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE L T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 24 24



FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE N Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 39 39

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE N T2 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 29 29



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE N T3 Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 28 28

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE RS/PRS CEE H Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 39 39

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE RS/PRS CEE L Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 25 25

FLT8CEE-32W x 4'-CEE RS/PRS CEE N Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 1 4 1 (0.85 < BF < 1.0) 30 30





FLT8CEE-32W x 4L x 4'-CEE PS/PRS DIM CEE L Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 4 4 1 (BF < 0.85) 93 93






FLT8CEE-32W x 6L x 4'-CEE ISDIM CEE H Fluorescent Linear T8 CEE 32 6 4 1 (BF > 1.0) 215 215

FUT12-34W x 2L x 2'-IS N Fluorescent U Tube

T12 34 2 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 63 63

FUT12-34W-MG Fluorescent U Tube T12 34 1 1 43 43

FUT12-35W x 2L-MG(E) Fluorescent U Tube T12 35 2 1 72 72




Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


FUT12-35W-MG(E) Fluorescent U Tube T12 35 1 1 43 43

FUT12-40W x 2L x 2'-IS N Fluorescent U Tube T12 40 2 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 63 63

FUT12-40W x 2L-MG Fluorescent U Tube T12 40 2 1 72 86




FUT12-40W-MG(E) Fluorescent U Tube T12 40 1 1 43 50

FUT8-17W x 1'-IS H Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 20 20

FUT8-17W x 1'-IS N Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 17 17

FUT8-17W x 1'-IS N T2 Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 16 16

FUT8-17W x 1'-IS R Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 14 14

FUT8-17W x 1'-IS R T2 Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 14 14

FUT8-17W x 1'-IS VH Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1 (BF > 1.10) 29 29

FUT8-17W x 1'-IS(E) N Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 16 16

FUT8-17W x 1'-IS(E) R Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 14 14

FUT8-17W x 1'-RS/PRS N Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 18 18

FUT8-17W x 1'-RS/PRS VH Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1 (BF > 1.10) 22 22

FUT8-17W x 1'-RS/PRS VR Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1 (BF < 0.75) 15 15

FUT8-17W x 1'-RS/PRS(E) N Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 1 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 17 17


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 34 34

FUT8-17W x 2L x 1'-IS R Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 2 1 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 27 27

FUT8-17W x 2L x 1'-IS VH Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 2 1 1 (BF > 1.10) 41 41

FUT8-17W x 2L x 1'-IS(E) N Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 2 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 32 32

FUT8-17W x 2L x 1'-IS(E) R Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 2 1 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 27 27



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

FUT8-17W x 2L x 1'-IS(E) VH Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 2 1 1 (BF > 1.10) 40 40

FUT8-17W x 2L x 1'-RS/PRS N Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 2 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 35 35


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 45 45


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 42 42



(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 41 41



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 48 48

FUT8-17W x 3L x 1'-RS/PRS(E) N Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 3 1 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 45 45


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 61 61


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 56 56



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 61 61


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 54 54



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 62 62

FUT8-17W x 4L x 1'-RS/PRS VH Fluorescent U Tube T8 17 4 1 1 (BF > 1.10) 80 80


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 61 61

FUT8-25W x 1.5'-IS H Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 1.5 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 28 28

FUT8-25W x 1.5'-IS N Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 1.5 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24

FUT8-25W x 1.5'-IS R Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 1.5 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 20 20

FUT8-25W x 1.5'-IS VH Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 1.5 1 (BF > 1.10) 37 37

FUT8-25W x 1.5'-IS(E) N Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 1.5 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 23 23



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

FUT8-25W x 1.5'-IS(E) R Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 1.5 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 19 19

FUT8-25W x 1.5'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 1.5 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 28 28

FUT8-25W x 1.5'-RS/PRS N Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 1.5 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24

FUT8-25W x 1.5'-RS/PRS VH Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 1.5 1 (BF > 1.10) 30 30

FUT8-25W x 1.5'-RS/PRS VR Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 1.5 1 (BF < 0.75) 20 20

FUT8-25W x 1.5'-RS/PRS(E) N Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 1.5 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 21 21

FUT8-25W x 2'-IS R T2 Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 2 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 19 19



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 20 20

FUT8-25W x 2'-IS(E) VH Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 2 1 (BF > 1.10) 37 37

FUT8-25W x 2L x 1.5'-IS N Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 1.5 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 45 45

FUT8-25W x 2L x 1.5'-IS R Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 1.5 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 39 39

FUT8-25W x 2L x 1.5'-IS VH Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 1.5 1 (BF > 1.10) 60 60

FUT8-25W x 2L x 1.5'-IS(E) N Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 1.5 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 44 44

FUT8-25W x 2L x 1.5'-IS(E) R Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 1.5 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 37 37

FUT8-25W x 2L x 1.5'-IS(E) VH Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 1.5 1 (BF > 1.10) 57 57

FUT8-25W x 2L x 1.5'-RS/PRS N Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 1.5 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 46 46

FUT8-25W x 2L x 1.5'-RS/PRS VH Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 1.5 1 (BF > 1.10) 59 59

FUT8-25W x 2L x 1.5'-RS/PRS VR Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 1.5 1 (BF < 0.75) 36 36

FUT8-25W x 2L x 2'-IS H Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 2 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 51 51



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 43 43

FUT8-25W x 2L x 2'-IS N T2 Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 43 43


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 38 38



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 43 43


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 38 38

FUT8-25W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 2 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 49 49


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 45 45

FUT8-25W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS N T2 Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 45 45


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 43 43

FUT8-25W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS R T2 Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 2 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 39 39


FUT8-25W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS VR Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 2 1 (BF < 0.75) 38 38

FUT8-25W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS VR T2 Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 2 2 1 (BF < 0.75) 37 37


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 41 41

FUT8-25W x 2'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 2 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 27 27


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24

FUT8-25W x 2'-RS/PRS N T2 Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 2 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 22 22



FUT8-25W x 2'-RS/PRS VR T2 Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 1 2 1 (BF < 0.75) 19 19


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 65 65



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 61 61



(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 56 56



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 73 73


FUT8-25W x 3L x 1.5'-RS/PRS VR Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 3 1.5 1 (BF < 0.75) 58 58

FUT8-25W x 3L x 1.5'-RS/PRS(E) N Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 3 1.5 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 70 70


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 67 67


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 57 57



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 66 66




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 88 88


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 81 81


FUT8-25W x 4L x 1.5'-IS(E) N Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 4 1.5 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 85 85


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 76 76



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 89 89


FUT8-25W x 4L x 1.5'-RS/PRS(E) N Fluorescent U Tube T8 25 4 1.5 1

(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 87 87



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 86 86


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 76 76



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 87 87



(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 32 32


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 25 25


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 22 22


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 56 56


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 48 48


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 47 47


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 43 43

FUT8-28W x 2L x 2'-IS R T2 Fluorescent U Tube T8 28 2 2 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 41 41

FUT8-28W x 2L x 2'-IS VR Fluorescent U Tube T8 28 2 2 1 (BF < 0.75) 41 41


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 50 50


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 47 47



FUT8-28W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS VR T2 Fluorescent U Tube T8 28 2 2 1 (BF < 0.75) 40 40


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 26 26




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 79 79



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 73 73


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 64 64



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 72 72




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 112 112


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 94 94


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 84 84



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 96 96




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 30 30


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 24 24

FUT8-30W x 2'-IS R Fluorescent

U Tube T8 30 1 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 21 21

FUT8-30W x 2L x 2'-IS H Fluorescent

U Tube T8 30 2 2 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 57 57

FUT8-30W x 2L x 2'-IS N Fluorescent

U Tube T8 30 2 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 48 48

FUT8-30W x 2L x 2'-IS R Fluorescent

U Tube T8 30 2 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 43 43


FUT8-30W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent

U Tube T8 30 2 2 1 (0.95 < BF <

1.10) 54 54


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 46 46


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 30 30



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

FUT8-30W x 2'-RS/PRS N Fluorescent

U Tube T8 30 1 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 24 24

FUT8-30W x 4L x 2'-IS N Fluorescent

U Tube T8 30 4 2 1 (0.85 < BF <

0.95) 94 94

FUT8-30W x 4L x 2'-IS R Fluorescent

U Tube T8 30 4 2 1 (0.75 < BF <

0.85) 84 84



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 104 104


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 27 27


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 54 54


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 35 35


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 29 29


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 25 25


FUT8-32W x 2'-IS(E) H Fluorescent U Tube T8 32 1 2 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 34 34


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 28 28


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 25 25


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 65 65


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 59 59


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 59 59


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 56 56


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 52 52

FUT8-32W x 2L x 2'-IS R T4 Fluorescent U Tube T8 32 2 2 1

(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 51 51


FUT8-32W x 2L x 2'-IS VR Fluorescent U Tube T8 32 2 2 1 (BF < 0.75) 48 48



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage

FUT8-32W x 2L x 2'-IS(E) H Fluorescent U Tube T8 32 2 2 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 62 62


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 55 55


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 48 48

FUT8-32W x 2L x 2'-RS/PRS H Fluorescent U Tube T8 32 2 2 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 63 63


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 60 60




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 58 58


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 32 32


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 30 30




(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 30 30


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 90 90


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 89 89


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 78 78



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 83 83


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 74 74


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 84 84



(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 121 121


(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 108 108



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.75 < BF < 0.85) 96 96



(0.85 < BF < 0.95) 112 112



HPS-1000W HID

High Pressure Sodium Standard 1000 1 1100 1100

HPS-100W HID


HPS-150W HID


HPS-200W HID


HPS-250W HID


HPS-310W HID


HPS-350W HID


HPS-35W HID


HPS-360W HID


HPS-400W HID


HPS-50W HID


HPS-70W HID


HPS-750W HID


ICH-100W Incandescent Halogen Standard 100 1 100 100


ICH-150W x 2L Incandescent Halogen Mogul 150 2 300 300

ICH-250W Incandescent Halogen Mogul 250 1 250 250





Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage



ICH-45W x 2L Incandescent Halogen Standard 45 2 90 90













ICHLV-50W Incandescent Halogen Low Voltage 50 1 60 60

ICMB-100W Incandescent Non-Halogen Medium base 100 1 100 100

ICMB-100W x 2L Incandescent Non-Halogen Medium base 100 2 200 200



















Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage





































Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage





ICMG-1000W Incandescent Non-Halogen Mogul 1000 1 1000 1000

ICMG-100W x 3L Incandescent Non-Halogen Mogul 100 3 300 300























INE-10W x 2L Incandescent Non-Halogen Exit 10 2 20 20

INE-15W Incandescent Non-Halogen Exit 15 1 15 15







Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage













INRB-100W-INDN H Induction Remote Ballasted Standard 100 1 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 107 107


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 127 127


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 160 160


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 173 173


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 210 210


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 263 263


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 315 315


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 420 420


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 45 45


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 525 525


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 55 55


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 61 61


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 77 77



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 86 86

INSB-15W Induction Self-Ballasted Standard 15 1 15 15




LEDEPG-102W LED Exterior Parking Garage 102 1 105 105








LEDEPM-101W LED Exterior Pole Mount 101 1 101 101























Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage



















LEDESMC-156W LED Exterior Canopy 156 1 157 157



LEDIDL-107W LED Interior Downlight 107 1 107 107















Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage



















LEDIE-2W LED Interior Exit 2 1 2 2

LEDIE-3W LED Interior Exit 3 1 3 3

LEDIHB-150W LED Interior High Bay 150 1 144 144

LEDIHB-160W LED Interior High Bay 160 1 160 160

LEDIRC-10W LED Interior

Refrigerated Cases 10 1 10 10













LEDISI-13W LED Interior Integral Screw-In 13 1 13 13



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage








LEDITL-13W LED Interior Track Lighting 13 1 14 14









LEDIUC-10W LED Interior Under-Cabinet 10 1 10 10











LEDIWP-15W LED Interior Wall Pack 15 1 15 15






MH-1000W-CWA HID Metal Halide Standard 1000 1 1 1080 1080



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage


MH-100W-HIDLF HID Metal Halide Standard 100 1 1 112 112










MH-400W x 2L-CWA HID Metal Halide Standard 400 2 1 916 916







MHPS-1000W-SCWA HID Metal Halide Pulse-Start 1000 1 1 1080 1080

MHPS-100W-HIDLF HID Metal Halide Pulse-Start 100 1 1 110 110


MHPS-150W-HIDLF H HID Metal Halide Pulse-Start 150 1 1

(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 167 167

MHPS-150W-LR HID Metal Halide Pulse-Start 150 1 1 173 173







MHPS-200W-RL HID Metal Halide Pulse-Start 200 1 1 244 244




(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 23 23



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage








(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 343 343







(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 43 43



(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 428 428









(0.95 < BF < 1.10) 77 77




MV-1000W-CWA HID Mercury Vapor Standard 1000 1 1 1100 1100





MV-400W x 2L-CWA HID Mercury Vapor Standard 400 2 1 910 910



Fixture Code Light


Lamp Watt

Lamps QTY

Lamp Length

FT

Ballast QTY

Ballast Factor

Regulation Wattage

Actual Wattage








E. EM&V Sampling Guideline

E.1 Overview

This appendix provides guidelines for defining a sample of equipment for measurement and verification

purposes. In sampling, a large number of similar pieces of equipment affected by the same energy-

efficiency measure can be grouped into usage groups from which samples are selected. These sampling

guidelines are designed to provide assistance in determining the number of sample points that should be

monitored in order to meet the program precision requirements and provide a reliable estimate of

parameters such as annual energy savings or hours of operation. If alternative approaches are proposed,

they must be approved by CenterPoint Energy and based on sound statistical principles.

E.2 Steps in Calculating Sample Size

The number of pieces of equipment requiring monitoring can be calculated according to the following

steps:

E.2.1 Compile measure information

Compile the following information for the equipment affected by the measures. This step is normally

undertaken during the preparation of the Project Application.

Number of Fixtures/Equipment. Identify and document the fixtures/equipment that is affected by

the installation of measures in a survey that includes nameplate data, quantity of equipment, and

location information.

Projected Hours of Operation. Project the average hours of operation of the equipment. It should be

based on the experience of the building operator, on the operation of the affected equipment or even

some preliminary monitoring.

E.2.2 Designate usage group

Next, provide a brief description of the functional use of the space being audited. Functional uses

typically encountered in lighting for commercial and industrial facilities are provided in Section III,

Chapter 2, and Table 2.3 of this manual. Usage groups for non-lighting measures are dependent on type of

application. Sources of information on operating characteristics, other than monitoring, used in defining

usage groups include: (a) operating schedules that provide information on energy consumption or hours of

operation; and (b) type of application or location that provides information on how and when equipment

(e.g., fixtures or motors) are operated. In some instances, area type alone may be insufficient to designate

usage groups. Usage groups may need to be further subdivided if an area type is inherently variable in

nature due to different characteristics of their occupants. For example, some laboratories may have longer

operating hours than others and should be divided into different usage groups (e.g., computer laboratory

lighting operates for 8 hours per day while agriculture laboratories operate 4 hours per day).



E.2.3 Calculate sample sizes

Once the equipment has been divided into usage groups, the total sample size needed for these groupings

can be calculated. This approach produces a sample (with a coefficient of variation of 0.5) expected to

estimate the average hours of operation with sufficient accuracy. The following table shows the number

of samples required in a usage group.

Table D.1: Sample Size based on Usage Group Sampling

Usage

Group

Population

Sample

Size 80/20

Sample Size

80/20, plus

10%

4 3 4

5 4 5

12 6 7

16 7 8

20 7 8

25 8 9

30 8 9

35 8 9

40 9 10

45 9 10

60 9 10

65 9 10

70 9 10

80 10 11

90 10 11

100 10 11

125 10 11

150 10 11

175 10 11

200 10 11

300 10 11

400 11 13

500 11 13

E.3 Over-sampling

The initial sample size should be increased to compensate for potential reductions in the final usable

sample due to equipment failure or loss. Suggested guidelines are that the sample size be increased by 10

percent.



F. Program and M&V Definitions

The following are definitions to commonly used terms in the CenterPoint Energy C&I Standard Offer

Program:

Affiliate — (A) a person who directly or indirectly owns or holds at least 5.0% of the voting securities of

an energy efficiency service provider; (B) a person in a chain of successive ownership of at least 5.0% of

the voting securities of an energy efficiency service provider; (C) a corporation that has at least 5.0% of

its voting securities owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by an energy efficiency service provider;

(D) a corporation that has at least 5.0% of its voting securities owned or controlled, directly or indirectly,

by: (i) a person who directly or indirectly owns or controls at least 5.0% of the voting securities of an

energy efficiency service provider; or (ii) a person in a chain of successive ownership of at least 5.0% of

the voting securities of an energy efficiency service provider; or (E) a person who is an officer or director

of an energy efficiency service provider or of a corporation in a chain of successive ownership of at least

5.0% of the voting securities of an energy efficiency service provider; (F) a person who actually exercises

substantial influence or control over the policies and actions of an energy efficiency service provider; (G)

a person over which the energy efficiency service provider exercises the control described in

subparagraph (F) of this paragraph; (H) a person who exercises common control over an energy

efficiency service provider, where "exercising common control over an energy efficiency service

provider" means having the power, either directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the

management or policies of an energy efficiency service provider, without regard to whether that power is

established through ownership or voting of securities or any other direct or indirect means; or (I) a person

who, together with one or more persons with whom the person is related by ownership, marriage or blood

relationship, or by action in concert, actually exercises substantial influence over the policies and actions

of an energy efficiency service provider even though neither person may qualify as an affiliate

individually.

Baseline Energy Use: The calculated or measured energy use by a piece of equipment or a site prior to

the implementation of the project measures. Baseline physical conditions, such as equipment counts,

nameplate data, and control strategies, will typically be determined through surveys, inspections, and/or

metering at the site.

Commission: The Public Utility Commission of Texas (PUCT).

Customer: Any individual CenterPoint Energy distribution customer (connected to the CenterPoint

Energy distribution system) distinguished by a unique address or CenterPoint Energy account number

(ESI ID). For purposes of the C&I Standard Offer Program, “site” is synonymous with “customer,” and is

also distinguished by a unique address or CenterPoint Energy account number (ESI ID).

Deemed Savings Estimates: A pre-determined, validated estimate of energy and peak demand savings

attributable to an energy efficiency measure in a particular type of application that a utility may use

instead of energy and peak demand savings determined through measurement and verification activities.



Demand Savings: The maximum one-hour average demand reduction (in kW) that occurs when the

system undergoing retrofit is operating at peak conditions during the summer or winter period. The

summer period is defined as weekdays, between the hours of 1 PM and 7 PM from June 1 until

September 30, excluding holidays. The winter peak period is defined as weekdays, from 6 AM to 10 AM

and 6 PM to 10PM, from December 1 through February 28, excluding holidays.

Energy Efficiency Measure (EEM): A system, piece of equipment, or materials that result in either

reduced electric energy consumption, or reduced peak demand, or both.

Energy Efficiency Project: An energy efficiency measure or combination of measures installed under a

Standard Agreement that results in both a reduction in customers’ electric energy consumption and peak

demand, as well as a reduction in energy costs.

Energy Savings Estimates: Energy savings (in kWh) over 12 months derived from metering and/or

calculations in accordance with the provisions of the approved measurement and verification plans, and

documented in the Savings Report.

Project Application (PA): With the PA, CenterPoint Energy will collect a non-refundable deposit equal

to 5% of the incentive funding requested. Approval by CenterPoint Energy of the PA signifies that

funding has been reserved for the project. Project Sponsors must have detailed the expected demand and

energy savings and incentive payments for each project, to be included in the Project Authorization,

which is attached to the signed Standard Offer Program Contract between CenterPoint Energy and the

Project Sponsor.

Full Measurement and Verification: A detailed estimate of savings using a higher level of rigor than in

the deemed savings or simple M&B approaches through the application of metering, billing analysis, or

computer simulation.

Installation Payment: The first of two incentive payments made to a Project Sponsor. The installation

payment is 40% of the total estimated incentive amount.

Installation Report (IR): After approval of the PA and issuance of a Project Authorization, a Project

Sponsor may proceed to install the energy efficiency measures included in an application. After

installation is complete, the Project Sponsor will submit an Installation Report giving details about the

equipment actually installed at each customer site. Once CenterPoint Energy receives the IR, CenterPoint

Energy or its M&V contractor will inspect the customer sites to ensure installation and operation of the

equipment.

Measurement & Verification (M&V): A term referring to all necessary equipment surveys, metering

and monitoring, statistical estimation and analysis, and reporting used to quantify the Energy and Demand

savings resulting from the installation of EEMs. Any M&V approach will need to result in savings

estimates that meet certain accuracy requirements.

Performance Payment: The second of two incentive payments that may be up to 60% of the total

estimated incentive payment.



Post-Installation (or Post-Retrofit) Energy Use: The calculated energy usage (or demand) by a piece of

equipment or a site after implementation of the project. Post-installation energy use is verified by the

Sponsor and CenterPoint Energy. They also verify that the reported equipment components or systems

were installed, are operating, and have the potential to generate the predicted savings.

Power Adjustment Factor: A stipulated value used to estimate the reduction in operating hours

associated with a lighting controls measure.

Pre-Installation (or Pre-Retrofit) Energy Use: The calculated energy usage (or demand) by a piece of

equipment or a site before implementation of the project. Pre-installation energy use is verified by the

Sponsor and CenterPoint Energy. They also verify that the existing equipment components or systems

were properly documented and can be retrofitted to generate savings.

Project: The term "project" refers to a single application's set of proposed energy efficiency measures or

other improvements that are necessary to produce energy savings under the program. To be eligible, a

project must be expected to save at least 50 kW of peak demand and must be developed at a CenterPoint

Energy commercial distribution customer's site.

Project Authorization: A document containing project savings and incentive estimates as stated in the

approved PA. The CenterPoint Energy Program Manager and the Project Sponsor will sign the Project

Authorization and attach it to the Standard Offer Contract. The Project Authorization is a signal to the

Project Sponsor to begin the installation of EEMs.

Project-Specific M&V Plan: Plan providing details on how a specific project’s savings will be verified

based on the general M&V approaches contained in this document and the contract between CenterPoint

Energy and Sponsor.

Project Sponsor: Any organization, group, or individual contracting with CenterPoint Energy to provide

energy savings at customer sites under the program(s).

Sampling Plan: A description of the methods for choosing a representative number of pieces of

equipment for monitoring. Often used with lighting retrofits, sample sizes should be generated based on

an 80% confidence interval, precision of 20%, and a coefficient of variation (cv) of 0.5 for the population

indicated.

Savings Report (SR): Pre-specified documentation provided by the Sponsor to document energy savings

achieved for 12 months after project installation. This documentation verifies continued operation of the

installed equipment components or systems and the associated energy savings and provides M&V results.

The energy savings documented in the SR serves as the basis for the Sponsor’s invoice once the report

has been reviewed and approved by CenterPoint Energy.

Simplified M&V: Savings values are based on engineering calculations using typical equipment

characteristics and operating schedules developed for particular applications, with some short-term testing

of simple, long-term metering.



Standard Agreement: All Project Sponsors participating in any of the Standard Offer Programs will be

required to sign a Standard Agreement with CenterPoint Energy. The terms of the contract are standard

for all participants, and will include a maximum payment value, a scope of work, a nondisclosure form,

and an installation deadline.

Usage Group: A collection of equipment (e.g., motors or rooms with light fixtures) with similar

operating schedules and functional uses.



G. M&V Example

G.1 Project Summary

An owner of a 250,000 square foot office complex is participating in CenterPoint Energy’s C&I Standard

Offer Program. A central chilled water plant cools the facility with a 15-year-old 700-ton centrifugal

chiller. The owner of the building is planning to replace the older chiller with a new, high efficiency unit.

The new unit under consideration is rated with an ARI nominal COP of 6.4 (0.55 kW/Ton). The baseline

and minimum efficiency standards for water-cooled electric chillers are taken from Appendix A, Table 7

of the Standard Cooling Equipment Tables. For a 700-ton water-cooled chiller, the baseline efficiency is

4.7 COP, which is equivalent to 0.748 kW/ton. Likewise, for a 700-ton water-cooled chiller, the minimum

efficiency is 6.1 COP, which is equivalent to 0.577 kW/ton (and the unit qualifies for the program by

having a higher efficiency than the required minimum).

G.2 Assumptions

This M&V plan is written with the following assumptions:

1. The office building is not planning any major projects that would significantly alter the chiller load or

schedule, such as building additions, significant changes in building occupancy, or significant

changes in building schedule.

2. The chiller operating schedule will not change because of this project.

Based on the assumptions and the fact that the new chiller is similar to the existing one (similar size,

water-cooled, no VFD, etc.), the only characteristic needed to estimate the demand and energy savings is

the full load efficiency of each chiller.

G.3 Project Activities

The proposed method for conducting the M&V is from Section III, Chapter 3: Guidelines for

Replacement of Cooling Equipment. Since the simplified guidelines are being used, pre-installation

monitoring is not required. The project does require pre-installation and post-installation inspections,

post-installation monitoring of chiller demand (kW for at least one hour at peak operating conditions),

post-installation monitoring of chiller consumption (kWh for the entire year), an Installation Report, and a

Savings Report. The Project Sponsor shall be responsible for all M&V activities and production of

reports.

G.3.1 Inspections

CenterPoint Energy shall perform a pre-installation inspection to validate assumptions used in the savings

calculations, and verify the existing chiller efficiency. The best source of information for the existing

efficiency is the ARI certification, which accompanies the existing chiller. A post-installation inspection



will be performed to verify that the chiller was installed and is operating as proposed in the approved

Project Application.

G.3.2 Post-Installation Monitoring

Post-installation monitoring of chiller electrical consumption shall be conducted for the entire M&V

period. This monitoring will be accomplished using an ACME Inc., self-contained, three-phase, true RMS

kW logger. The logger collects time stamped data at 15-minute intervals. The logger will be downloaded

monthly and the data validated and stored. In the event that there is a significant gap in the data due to a

logger failure, the process to replace the missing data with interpolated or averaged data will be clearly

documented. The 15-minute time stamped data will be used to satisfy all post-installation monitoring

requirements.

G.3.3 Reports

After the chiller is installed and commissioned, an Installation Report will be produced documenting that

the equipment specified in the PA was installed and is functioning as expected. A Savings Report,

following the guidelines and forms provided in the procedures manual, will be generated and submitted

upon completion of the data collection activities. Savings estimates will be provided in spreadsheet form,

following the template provided in Table 2, below. In addition to the reports, all monitoring data will be

submitted in electronic format for review by CenterPoint Energy.

G.4 Metering Plan

The electrical demand of the proposed (new) chiller will be monitored to support the required M&V

activities. This three-phase load will be monitored using an ACME true RMS kW meter. Current

Transducers will be placed on Breakers 1, 3 and 5 of switch-gear SG-1. These breakers are the A, B, and

C phases of the 460 volt service that supplies the chiller. No other devices draw power from these

breakers.

The ACME meter will record electrical consumption at 15 Minute intervals for the duration of the

monitoring period. This logger is capable of storing 41 days of 15-minute data using a fifteen minute

interval. Data will be downloaded and stored on the first working day of each month to ensure that the

logger does not run out of memory.

G.5 Accuracy Requirements

The ACME logger will be calibrated at the time of installation and then checked for calibration every 6

months. This will be accomplished using a Powersite true RMS meter calibrated at the factory to 2

percent of reading.

G.6 Data Gathering and Quality Control

The data will be collected using quality control procedures for checking reasonableness. Any and all

missing intervals will be replaced either by interpolation or use of average values. CenterPoint Energy

will be notified of any data substitution because of missing data, and the method employed to substitute

the data.



G.7 Calculations and Adjustments

The calculations described below will be performed for the Savings Report. The nominal efficiencies of

the chillers are provided again in Table G.1 below.

Table G.1: Proposed and Baseline Chiller Statistics

Chiller Efficiency (COP) Full-Load

kW

Baseline 4.7 524

Proposed 6.4 385

Using the post-installation data described above and the information in Table F.1, the savings will be

calculated using Equations below.

1

COP Baseline

chillernew of COP[kWh] Metering onInstallati Post [kWh] Sav ingsEnergy

1

COP Baseline

chillernew of COP[kW] Measured Demand Max [kW] Sav ings Demand

The ratio of new to existing chiller is computed as 6.4 divided by 4.7 to yield 1.36. Table G.2 below

provides a template to illustrate how monthly savings calculations will be estimated when actual M&V

data are available.



Table G.2: Template for Computing Savings

Time of Day

Measured kW

for peak day in

June

(hourly average)

Peak

savings

(kW)

Average

demand profile

in June (kW)

Days of

Operation

for

June

Energy

Consumptio

n (kWh)

Energy

Savings for

June (kWh)

0:00 127.0 45.7 82.6 23 1899 684

1:00 142.4 51.3 92.6 23 2129 767

2:00 134.8 48.5 87.6 23 2016 725

3:00 127.0 45.7 82.6 23 1899 684

4:00 134.8 48.5 87.6 23 2016 725

5:00 127.0 45.7 95.3 23 2191 789

6:00 142.4 51.3 106.8 23 2456 884

7:00 173.2 62.4 129.9 23 2988 1076

8:00 269.6 97.1 202.2 23 4651 1674

9:00 288.8 104 216.6 23 4982 1793

10:00 319.6 115.1 271.7 23 6248 2250

11:00 346.6 124.8 294.6 23 6776 2439

12:00 354.2 127.5 301.1 23 6925 2493

13:00 358.0 128.9 304.3 23 6999 2520

14:00 362.0 130.3 271.5 23 6245 2248

15:00 365.8 131.7 274.4 23 6310 2272

16:00 365.8 131.7 274.4 23 6310 2272

17:00 346.6 124.8 260.0 23 5979 2153

18:00 327.2 117.8 245.4 23 5644 2032

19:00 308.0 110.9 200.2 23 4605 1658

20:00 192.6 69.3 125.2 23 2879 1037

21:00 127.0 45.7 82.6 23 1899 684

22:00 142.4 51.3 92.6 23 2129 767

23:00 115.6 41.6 75.1 23 1728 622

Total

Savings:

131.7 35,248

The illustrative load data represents chiller consumption in the month of June. Energy savings (kWh) will

be estimated in each month by multiplying the average hourly kWh with the number of days in the month.

The energy savings for each month will then be aggregated into an annual savings estimate. The peak data

shall be used to estimate the peak demand savings (kW).

2016 Commercial and Industrial Standard Offer … › en-us › Documents › 2016...2016 Commercial...

Documents

Transcript of 2016 Commercial and Industrial Standard Offer … › en-us › Documents › 2016...2016 Commercial...